Quarterlytics / Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Gateley (Holdings) Plc

gtly · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker gtly
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Growth and resilience 
through diversity

Annual Report 
for the year ended 30 April 2022

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsWhy do we do what we doHow do we do thisWhat do we doForward thinkingStraight talkingOur purpose is to deliver results that delight our clients, inspire our people and support our communities.We do this by: being forward thinking about the services that we deliver to our clients and the working environment we provide for our people; being straight talking about what matters, inside and outside of our business; and thinking differently about what we do and how we do it.We deliver legal and professional services which enable our clients to solve the challenges that they are facing or to maximise the opportunities they are pursuing, without ever losing sight of what makes us Gateley: our Gateley Team Spirit values.11Our people and long-established culture are central to the Group’s success.” “ContentsBusiness overview Highlights for the year 3At a glance  5Our story 6Business overview 8Our Platform strategy 10Our people 12Staying connected and engaging with our teams 14Responsible Gateley 16Five key reasons to invest 19Strategic reportChairman’s statement  22Chief Executive Officer’s review  24Chief Executive Officer’s Q&A  30Finance Director’s review  32Principal objectives, strategy and outlook 38Principal risks and uncertainties  42Section 172(1) statement  46Environmental actions statement 47Social matters 49Corporate governanceBoard of Directors  54Statement on remuneration: voluntary disclosure 56Directors’ report 63Our financialsIndependent auditors’ report to the members  of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. 68Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other  comprehensive income 75Consolidated statement of financial position  76Consolidated statement of changes in equity  78Consolidated cash flow statement  79 Notes to the consolidated financial statements  81Parent company statement of financial position 121Parent company statement of changes in equity  122Parent company cash flow statement  123Parent company notes to the financial statements  124Notice of annual general meeting  136Company information  147Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Strong results, further growth and 
demonstrable resilience 

Gateley (AIM: GTLY), the legal and professional services group, announces its audited 
preliminary results for the year ended 30 April 2022 (“FY22” or the “Period”), which 
continued the Group’s pre and post IPO unbroken record of year-on-year revenue and 
profit growth, and out-performed market expectations set at the start of the year. 

The Group delivered a strong financial performance in FY22, achieving significant 
organic growth and strengthening the business further through diversification and 
investment into new complementary service lines, while maintaining control on costs in 
the face of market specific and macro-economic headwinds. The balance sheet remains 
strong and the Group has significant headroom in its banking facilities to invest in 
further organic and acquisitive growth opportunities. 

“

Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer  
of Gateley, said:

I am delighted with the Group’s performance in FY22. We have delivered another set of 
strong revenue and profit growth figures whilst continuing to strengthen our balance 
sheet. Legal services generated solid organic revenue growth, comparing favourably 
with reported UK legal industry performance. Our consultancy service lines delivered 
impressive organic growth of 26.7% resulting in overall consolidated Group organic 
revenue growth of 10.9%.

“I am particularly pleased that we completed three exciting consultancy acquisitions in 
the Period and achieved annualised consultancy revenue of over c.£32m as we continue 
to grow our complementary services, diversifying our offering and deepening our 
connections with our clients.

“I thank our ever-expanding client base for their trust and support throughout FY22 and 
for giving us the opportunity to work with them on high quality mandates. We remain 
committed to our purpose of delivering results that delight our clients, inspire our 
people and support our communities. We have a good pipeline of work and maintain 
our expectations for growth in FY23, despite the well-reported inflationary pressures. 
We look forward to continuing to grow the Group, both organically and via acquisition.”

GROUP REVENUE 

Highlights for the year
13.0% 11.9% 22.9%

GROUP PROFIT BEFORE TAX 

NET ASSETS

In FY22 our Group revenue was £137.2m, up by 
13% compared to £121.4m in FY21

In FY22 our Group profit before tax was £21.6m, 
up by 11.9% compared to £19.3m in FY21

In FY22 net assets were £72.9m, up by 22.9% 
compared to £59.3m in FY21

FY22

£137.2m

£22.5m

£21.6m

£18.0m

£14.3m

12.00p

14.31p

£72.9m

£10.4m

FY21

£121.4m

£20.5m

£19.3m

£16.3m

£13.2m

11.18p

13.17p

£59.3m

£19.6m

Change

+13.0%

+9.8%

+11.9%

+10.4%

+8.3%

+7.3%

+8.7%

+22.9%

-9.2m

Strategic Highlights

• 

• 

• 

 Three earnings-enhancing acquisitions 
completed in the Period, expanding  
the Group’s Property and Business 
Services Platforms

 Total headcount at 30 April 2022  
of 1,368 (FY21: 1,081). Total headcount 
of professional staff increased by  
23.6% from 767 to 948

 New Revolving Credit Facility of £30m 
agreed in April 2022, providing increased 
funding flexibility to support the Group’s 
growth strategy

• 

• 

• 

 Personnel costs declined as a  
percentage of Group revenue  
to 63.0% (FY21: 63.8%)

 Proposed final dividend of 5.5p  
(FY21: 5.0p) taking total dividends  
for the Period to 8.5p (FY21: 7.5p)

 Group dividend policy remains to  
distribute up to 70% of our after-tax 
profits each year

Group revenue

Group underlying operating profit before tax1

Group underlying profit before tax1

Group profit before tax 

Group profit after tax 

Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’)

Adjusted fully diluted EPS2

Net assets

Net cash3

Financial Highlights
• 

 Group organic revenue growth was 
10.9%, comprising 8.7% in legal services 
and 26.7% in consultancy services

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Total growth in consultancy revenues of 
44.9%, as complementary consultancy 
services contributed £21.3m or 15.5% of 
total revenues (FY21: £14.7m or 11.5%) 

 Adjusted underlying operating profit 
margin broadly maintained at 16.4% 
(FY21: 16.9%)

 Net assets increased by 22.9% to £72.9m

 “Gateley Agile” initiative, which builds  
on the flexible working introduced  
during the pandemic, continues to  
deliver cost savings, mitigating some  
inflationary pressure

2

3

1  Underlying operating profit before tax and underlying profit before tax excludes share based payment charges, amortisation and exceptional items
2 

 Adjusted fully diluted EPS excludes share based payment charges, amortisation and exceptional items. It also adjusts for the future weighted average number of expected 
unissued shares from granted but unexercised share option schemes in issue based on a share price at the end of the financial year

3  Net cash excludes IFRS 16 liabilities

How we support clients

At a glance

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Property 
Platform

People  
Platform

Corporate 
Platform

Business 
Services Platform

V I N D E N

incorporating Tozer Gallagher

T W E E D

We like the way you always become an extended part 
of our team. It’s not an easy thing to do and I admire 
how you do it. You just get the work done and it’s 
brilliant. I would definitely say this is your USP. I 
don’t know other firms who do this as well as you do.”

You need to know that everything is on the 
same page and it’s a trusted relationship piece. 
I do feel that Gateley are very strong in that.”

Where you need us to be 

With offices in 15 UK locations, and another in Dubai, we 
have the regional network to provide our clients with the 
advice they need on their doorstep. Often face to face 
meetings are the quickest way to overcome difficulties 
and resolve misunderstandings, and we will always travel 
to get the job done.

NEWCASTLE

BELFAST

LEEDS

BOLTON

MANCHESTER

CHESTER

LLANDUDNO

NOTTINGHAM

BIRMINGHAM

RUTLAND

LEICESTER

READING

LONDON

GUILDFORD

EXETER

What makes us  
forward thinking?

  The first UK commercial law firm to list on the London 
Stock Exchange in 2015

  A legal and professional services group which 
combines legal advice with consultancy expertise 
through our market facing Business Services, 
Corporate, People and Property Platforms.

  Forward thinking about the services that we deliver, 
helping our clients to solve challenges and to maximise 
opportunities

  A responsible business committed to levelling up the 
world in which we work

  Being straight talking about what matters, inside 
and outside of our business: supporting diversity 
and inclusion, encouraging potential and ensuring a 
sustainable future

  Delivering results without ever losing sight of our 
Gateley Team Spirit values

Working together

  Proud that 45% of colleagues participate in our Save 
As You Earn share scheme vs. a 25% UK average and 
at least 75% of colleagues are existing share or option 
holders in the Group

  Investors in People accredited

  A Levelling Up Partner and member of the Levelling Up 
Measurement TaskForce

  Signatory to the Better Business Act

  The only UK legal business to 
be ranked in the Glassdoor top 
25 best companies for senior 
leadership

Trusted to do

FY22 key client account management programme:

  67% of clients in the programme increased  
their fees in FY22

  c£17m of fees generated across our account 
management programme last year

  350 new client relationships were nurtured

  Rated 5 star/excellent on independent legal review 
platform, Review Solicitors.

Excellent   

170 reviews on

Room to breathe

  Stonewall Diversity Champions and Law Society Gold 
Standard for our Diversity and Inclusion Charter

  Active wellbeing programme and proud to be a 
signatory to the Mindful Business Charter

  Engaged staff networks to support diversity and 
inclusion including Women in Leadership and Working 
Parents programmes

  A Halo Code workplace

  Sustainable working practices including paperlite, 
recycling and use of virtual technology

  Disability confident employer

Ambitious for success

Double digit revenue 
growth in the last 7 years.

Revenue 
compound annual 
growth rate 
(CAGR)

12.3%

2022

£137.2m

4

5

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley: the legal and 
professional services group

Our story

Our story starts in Victorian Birmingham - the then 
workshop of the world. Solicitors Stephen Gateley 
& Sons was founded to help forward thinking 
Victorians prosper.

Two centuries later, and our approach is still about 
thinking ahead. Looking to the future to ensure the 
success of our clients, our business and our people.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

2022

In January we acquired Patent and Trade 
Mark Attorneys, Adamson Jones, adding 
breadth and depth to the intellectual 
property services we offer through our 
Business Services Platform. In April we 
added the team from Smithers Purslow to our 
Property Platform. Gateley Smithers Purslow is a 
multi-disciplinary practice of building and quantity 
surveyors, principally in the insurance industry. 

2021

In July 2021 we acquired Tozer Gallagher, a leading 
practice of chartered quantity surveyors and construction 
consultants. Tozer Gallagher now sits within Gateley Vinden. 
Our decades of growth are recognised at the Birmingham 
Post Business Awards where we are named Professional 
Services Firm of the Year. 

2020

We rank number 1 in the UK for M&A activity by deal volume. We 
acquire brand and reputation management experts Tweed Law, 
and built environment consultancy, The Vinden Partnership.

2019

We’re UK Law Firm of the Year at the British Legal Awards; 
we acquire land referencing experts, Persona Associates and 
leadership development specialists, t-three.

2018

We acquire three more businesses; GCL Solicitors, specialists in legal 
advice on residential developments; business psychologists, Kiddy & 
Partners and inward investment and international expansion experts, 
International Investment Services.

2016

We acquire our first complementary businesses: tax incentive 
specialists Capitus Ltd and property consultants Hamer 
Associates, forming Gateley Capitus and Gateley Hamer.

2015

We enter a new chapter with a UK law firm first: we put aside 
the traditional equity partnership model and go Plc.

6

7

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Business 
overview

Our advisers deliver legal and professional services to incredible 
clients every day to enable them to compete in an ever-changing 
and competitive business environment, helping them to face 
tough challenges, to seize opportunities and to create profitable, 
resilient and purpose-led businesses.

Our purpose

To deliver results that delight our clients, inspire our 
people and support our communities.

Strategic ambitions 

To diversify, differentiate and incentivise by being 
forward thinking about the services we deliver to 
our clients, the working environment we provide for 
our people and by being straight talking about what 
matters, inside and out of the business.

8

How we operate

Growth drivers 

Delivering results for 
long term success

Business Model 
Our business model creates a platform 
for scalable and sustainable growth. Our 
strong market reputation and the culture 
and Gateley Team Spirit that sits at the 
heart of our business enables the delivery 
of integrated legal and complementary 
business services across our four market 
facing Platforms.

Business Services
Combines the considerable commercial 
expertise of our IP and dispute resolution 
lawyers with that of the forensic and 
business intelligence skills of the Gateley 
Omega team and the Patent and Trade 
Mark Attorneys within Adamson Jones.

Corporate 
Brings together the skills of corporate and 
banking and finance, tax and restructuring 
lawyers in Gateley Legal with the inward 
investment experience of consultants 
within International Investment Services.

People 
Connecting the advisory skills of our 
leadership and development consultancies 
t-three and Kiddy & Partners with the 
expertise of our employment and pensions 
lawyers within Gateley Legal and the 
independent pension trustees within Entrust.

The People Platform also includes a strong 
Private Client team with experts in private 
wealth matters for individuals based in 
England and internationally, private wealth 
disputes and family issues.

Property 
Within our Property Platform, Gateley Legal 
lawyers advise on construction, planning, 
residential development, real estate finance, 
real estate development, real estate disputes 
and real estate investment. The property tax 
specialists within Gateley Capitus combine 
with the built environment consultants 
in Gateley Vinden (incorporating Tozer 
Gallagher) and Gateley Hamer to offer a 
one stop shop for all real estate needs. Our 
Property Platform is further complemented 
by Gateley Smithers Purslow, a specialist 
provider of surveying services, principally to 
the insurance industry.

Organically
Enhanced opportunity to grow Gateley 
organically, including lateral hires of 
individuals or teams.

Diversification
Making selective acquisitions including (i) 
other legal firms which offer geographical 
expansion or additional specialist services 
(ii) professional consultancy service 
businesses offering complementary 
services.

Platforms
Building out the Group’s four 
Platforms which comprise clusters 
of complementary Group services 
presenting a broader and more 
compelling offering to our clients. 

Incentivisation
Alignment through share participation 
of the interests of shareholders 
(including employee shareholders) 
with those of the business, aiding 
retention of staff and widening our 
recruitment appeal.

Our clients 
Delivering results that delight 
our clients by being forward 
thinking, straight talking, working in 
collaboration and being ambitious for 
their success.

Our colleagues 
Inspiring our people, incentivising their 
hard work and providing a diverse 
and inclusive working environment 
that gives them room to breathe and 
opportunity to develop.

Our communities
Supporting the communities in which  
we work and measuring our social 
impact so we can provide the right 
support and make progress in the 
future. 

Our investors 
Delivering excellent returns and 
demonstrating that our shareholders’ 
investments are in safe hands.

Our suppliers
Building mutually beneficial 
relationships and long-term, sustainable 
partnerships.

Our environment
Taking ownership for the things we 
can do as a business and individuals to 
protect and repair our planet now and 
for future generations.

9

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview
Business Overview

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance

Our Financials
Our Financials

Our Platform strategy
A sustainable strategy for growth, 
diversification and resilience 

The aggregation of complementary legal and consultancy services on our four market-facing Platforms 
of Corporate, Business Services, People and Property continues to differentiate Gateley, strengthen our 
appeal to clients and enhance our resilience. 

Our strategy remains to grow each of the four Platforms on which we have positioned legal and 
consultancy services that complement each other in servicing our chosen markets.

During FY22 we made three earnings-enhancing acquisitions, quantity surveying and construction 
consultants, Tozer Gallagher in July 2021, trademark and patent attorneys, Adamson Jones in 
January 2022 and chartered surveying practice, Smithers Purslow in April 2022, adding further 
weight to both our Property and Business Services Platforms.

Prudent management and a strong balance sheet enable us to drive incremental value 
through acquisitions. As new businesses are added and integrated onto each Platform we 
now see the model working exactly as we would expect, driving more revenue from existing 
clients, creating routes into new clients for other parts of the business to cross sell 
services and continually diversifying and strengthening revenue streams.

Gateley Hamer, our property consultancy specialising in Compulsory Purchase Orders, 
easements and wayleaves, infrastructure projects, land referencing and public 
inquiries produced another strong performance. The business again posted strong 
organic top line growth of 41.5% but also added another core service line in the 
shape of telecoms infrastructure. 

Property 
Platform

Gateley Legal
Gateley Capitus
Gateley Hamer
Gateley Smithers Purslow
Gateley Vinden
Persona Associates
Tozer Gallagher

People 
Platform

Gateley Legal
Kiddy & Partners
t-three
Entrust

Corporate 
Platform

Gateley Legal
International Investment  
Services

Business 
Services 
Platform

Gateley Legal
Gateley Omega
Adamson Jones
Gateley Tweed

Positive momentum and a return to growth flowed through into our People 
Platform consultancies, Kiddy & Partners and t-three, during FY22. This was in 
part due to increased demand for services, as client HR Directors and Heads 
of Talent saw development budgets, frozen during the pandemic, released 
once again to them. However, also of significant benefit was the successful 
integration of those two businesses into one assessment, development 
and cultural change-facing offering. Our integrated proposition and 
service offering went live in January driving excellent client feedback 
and securing significant new mandates.

Overall, our acquired consultancy businesses performed strongly 
during the Period, contributing 15.5% to total Group revenues and 
supporting revenue growth in each of our four Platforms.

We are focused internally on providing our teams with all the 
information they need to be able to cross-sell our services 
to clients. In the last year we have run numerous Platform 
sessions with our teams to showcase what each area of the 
Platform does and to demonstrate examples of where this 
is already working really well. Throughout the financial year 
we also ran an internal marketing campaign called the 
‘BIG G’ which included an office wide league table with 
Big G points allocated based on the cross-selling results 
across our Platforms in each office. This was a huge 
success with our Manchester team being crowned 
the annual winners for FY22. 

10

11

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Our people 
Inspiring with purpose 

One of the cornerstones of our purpose is to 
inspire our people but being purpose-led and 
a responsible business only works as it should 
if our people understand what that really 
means for them and if it impacts behaviours 
from the top down.

During the last year we have focused on 
embedding our purpose right across the 
business with inspiring our people being  
at the heart of that.

  Left: Members of our t-three and Kiddy team 
  Right: Chairman, Nigel Payne delivers  
a keynote speech at our Inspiring with 
Purpose conference in May 2022

Defining what great leadership looks 
like is an important strand of our people 
strategy. From our board, through to 
our partners, directors and senior 
managers across our legal and consulting 
group businesses, we have a collective 
responsibility to do our best by those we 
lead, impact and influence every day. ”

Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer

Leading through inspiration

Being recognised for leadership

Inspiring with Purpose conferences

Working together with our business transformation specialists, 
t-three who we acquired in 2019, we recently developed our 
Gateley Leadership Framework, a positive set of behaviours that 
all leaders in our business should display. This has been rolled out 
across the Group via training and will be revisited on a regular basis. 
It is built around the five elements of our Gateley Team Spirit which 
are working together, being forward thinking, giving people room 
to breathe, being trusted to do and ambitious for success. 

In June 2022 we were the only legal business in the UK to rank 
in the Glassdoor UK Top 25 Companies for Senior Leadership. 
Glassdoor is the worldwide leader on insights about jobs and 
companies and the list was determined solely based on feedback 
provided by employees. 

Tens of thousands of companies were considered for the list and 
those recognised were those whose senior leaders met the challenges 
of the pandemic with grit, determination and continued support of 
their workforce. Strong leadership is a crucial driver of workplace 
satisfaction so we are delighted to be awarded this accolade. 

In May 2022 we brought together our leaders and senior managers 
from across the Group in person for the first time since the start 
of the pandemic. The two conferences were themed ‘Inspiring 
with Purpose’ with a clear agenda focusing on what we are already 
doing and what more we could be doing in the future to inspire 
our people and ensure we continue to build on our unique Gateley 
culture and team spirit.

12

13

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Staying connected and 
engaging with our teams 

We recognise that when teams are connected to each other and to key company information it has 
a positive impact on morale, culture and performance. That is why we place so much emphasis on 
internal communication at Gateley. This has become especially important as we have integrated new 
complementary businesses into our Platform structure post acquisition. 

A key part of our people strategy revolves around employee engagement and listening. We did this 
continually throughout the pandemic to ensure our Gateley Agile programme (hybrid working) 
was fit for purpose as we returned to our offices and to make sure it becomes a way of working 
that is flexible enough to evolve to meet our peoples’ and clients’ needs as we move past the 
pandemic.

We regularly gauge sentiment across the Group to understand how engaged our people are 
about the business, their roles and the teams they work with.

In our 2022 employee engagement survey we scored overall engagement levels of  
83% against a private sector benchmark of 63%. We recognise there is always room  
for improvement and that will only come by regularly talking to and listening to our 
people, enabling us to progress, make positive change and build on the areas we  
know already work well.

Shaping careers and incentivising talent 
We offer our people opportunities they won’t find easily elsewhere. We are a great place to work 
with stand-out people but we also provide a career path that’s rewarding and allows the individual’s 
strengths and ambitions to shine.

As a listed company free from the usual constraints of a traditional professional services partnership, 
we believe all of our people should have the opportunity to share in the success of our business. 
We therefore reward those who help our business to grow. This includes a bonus scheme as well as 
various share schemes like our Save As You Earn (SAYE) that is open to all employees and other 
schemes that are tailored to the point the individual has reached in their career journey with us. 

Our SAYE share scheme gives everyone the opportunity to participate in the future success of 
the business. 45% of our people currently participate in the Gateley SAYE scheme, compared 
to a UK average of 25% participation in similar schemes and at least 75% of employees are 
existing share or option holders in the Group.

Emerging Senior Talent 
In addition to our established LTIP scheme for partners and CSOP aimed at senior 
managers, in April we introduced a Restricted Share Award Scheme (RSA) targeted at 
those reaching partner or equivalent level within the Group. Our career structure for 
partners stands out against the traditional equity partnership model offered in an LLP.

On making equity partner in a traditional LLP it is usually a requirement that the 
individual will invest capital in return for an equity stake in the partnership. Those 
partners then draw a share of the profits annually but there is no capital asset at 
retirement.

When our people reach partner level or equivalent there is no financial obligation in 
terms of capital investment like in a traditional LLP. Instead, they are gifted shares 
with which to begin their partnership career and subject to them remaining with the 
business for five years. In addition to their salary and benefits, this provides them 
with a dividend income from day one, a healthy base on which to build their Gateley 
shareholding in the future and capital value in their shareholding on retirement.

We believe this is a unique and attractive incentive for those who build a 
partnership career with Gateley and to attract new talent into the business  
at an earlier career stage.

We have adopted this scheme following focus groups with partners and 
equivalents and those on our partnership track, to understand what being a 
partner should mean in a Plc structure and how we can better incentivise and 
retain our emerging senior talent.

overall engagement levels 
against a private sector 
benchmark of 63% 

83%
124

In 2022 we promoted 124 people 
across our business in both fee 
earner and business support roles.

14
14

15

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview
Business Overview

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance

Our Financials
Our Financials

Responsible Gateley

Being a responsible business is about making the right choices and having 
the greatest and most measurable impact on areas that matter most to our 
stakeholders, whether a client, contact, shareholder or employee. 

Our Responsible Business ethos is intrinsically linked to our purpose. It is a key strategic priority, owned at the highest 
level of our business and one that threads right throughout the core of our organisation.

In October 2021 our CEO, Rod Waldie launched our responsible business strategy internally. This accompanied the 
publication of our maiden Responsible Business Report. An important milestone in communicating the meaningful 
strategies we have in place to meet our environmental, social and governance obligations. 

Through an interactive webinar we launched the report to our entire business along with an explainer video. 
The event included speakers from the Better Business Act, of which we are a signatory and the Rt Hon. Justine 
Greening who heads up The Purpose Coalition, the independent ESG consultancy who helped us develop our 
own set of levelling up goals last year based around People, Potential and Planet. 

Our Responsible Business actions focus on the wellbeing of our employees, on being a force for good 
in society and within the communities in which we operate and by playing our part in protecting and 
repairing our planet. Measuring the value and the impact we are having in all of these areas is as 
important for us as taking action because it enables us to evaluate where we are effecting change 
and how we can improve and progress over time. 

We understand that being a responsible business is not simply a tick in the box, or a job that is 
eventually done and in March 2022 we appointed our first Responsible Business Manager who is 
helping us deliver for today and plan for tomorrow.

Our 2021 Responsible Business Report can be found on the Responsible Gateley area of our 
website and our 2022 report will be published in October 2022. 

As a listed business delivering results is a must  
but it’s not just about delivering financial results.  
As a signatory to the Better Business Act, we believe 
that we can be a force for good, benefitting our people, 
clients, communities and the environment whilst 
also delivering profit. By balancing these needs 
we will be an employer of choice, an attractive 
investment opportunity, an organisation that 
clients are proud to collaborate with and a 
responsible business.”

Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer

Delivering against our 2022 objectives

Our first Responsible Business report outlined a set of objectives 
that we committed to working towards during the last year and 
beyond. These objectives were set against the backdrop of our 
work with The Purpose Coalition. 

Established with input from businesses, universities, civil society 
and MPs, The Purpose Coalition identified 14 Levelling Up Goals. 
These goals use the same framework as the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals and set out clear objectives for the UK’s 
Levelling Up challenge in the wake of COVID-19. 

This year we worked with The Purpose Coalition on an action plan 
which captured our ambitions for where we wanted to get to in 
respect of each Levelling Up Goal. In addition to Gateley, other 
members of the Purpose Coalition include Amazon, bp, Compass 
Group, the BBC, Direct Line Group, Cisco and the NHS to name a few. 

Our responsible business objectives in FY22 were set against three 
categories of People, Potential and Planet. Full details about 
how we met our objectives will be outlined in our next Responsible 
Business report, published in the Autumn. Here is a brief summary 
of some of the activity from the last year: 

People

     Embedded the Mindful Business Charter framework including 

encouraging our people to take sufficient breaks, being mindful of 
non-working hours and emails sent during these times and asking 
people to ‘unplug’ at Christmas and during other periods of annual 
leave

    Maintained our Investors in People standard

    Secured Disability Confident employer status 

   Maintained Glassdoor ranking and were recognised as the only 
UK legal business to rank in the top 25 companies for senior 
leadership, voted for anonymously by employees 

   Launched our fifth internal diversity and inclusion network group; 
Ability. This aligns with our objective of raising awareness within 
our business around neurodiversity and supporting colleagues 
with any disabilities. It sits alongside our four other network 
groups: Pride; Thrive; Inspire and Unity 

   Producing a language guide to assist in encouraging employees 
to have more open conversations around diversity, equality and 
inclusion

   Signed up to ‘Inspiring Futures’ to enable us to create more 
opportunities to formally partner with schools aligned with our 
office network

belong...

Our diversity, inclusion & well 
being network groups provide 
support for our people through a 
number of initiatives & activities:

Supporting our LGBTQ+ community, 
raising awareness across our business 
and collaborating with related external 
charities, groups and networks.

Taking care of the health and 
wellbeing of all our employees

Nurturing our talent and supporting 
their careers

Supporting employees with disabilities 
and raising awareness around 
neurodiversity

Recognising, celebrating and 
supporting people from different 
cultures, religions and backgrounds

16

17

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Responsible Gateley
continued

Potential

Planet

     Continued to support Birmingham City University STEAMHouse, 
exploring other opportunities to add value to their start-ups 

      Maintained reductions in travel through the continued use of 

Microsoft Teams 

     Implemented the first in our series of litter pick lunches working with 

the Birmingham Improvement District team to clean up the streets and 
parks close to our head office 

     Encouraged our people to submit their sustainability pledges and 

the positive actions we will take to protect our planet around World 
Environment Day

      Reviewed all our links with universities, identifying opportunities 
to connect with students across our network and announced our 
partnership with UA92. The partnership between our Manchester 
office and UA92 will see us fund students in the coming academic 
year who are studying degrees and higher education courses across 
business, sport, media and digital disciplines. UA92 aims to make 
higher education accessible to all, through its founding principles of 
accessibility, social mobility and inclusivity

      Became the UK’s first Patron of ‘Make Good Grow’, a social enterprise 

founded on the principles of uniting good businesses with good 
causes. We are working with them on their pledge marketplace and 
for volunteering opportunities. We are also using their Social Impact 
Dashboard software to help capture and measure metrics around our own 
social impact and the good causes we are supporting as a business and 
through individual colleagues across Gateley

     Continued with our SportsAid partnership; providing financial and 
personal development support to ten of our country’s brightest 
sporting prospects who are nominated to SportsAid by the governing 
bodies of more than 60 sports based on set criteria 

      Delivered our annual UK Sports Law competition at the Etihad Stadium. 
48 students from a number of universities competed in teams of two 
and were tested on their ability to think commercially when faced with a 
fictitious topical legal problem within the sports industry 

18
18

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Five key reasons to invest

Our business model creates a platform for scalable and sustainable growth.

22.9%

growth in FY22 and 
net assets to £72.9m

116.8%

cash conversion 
since IPO*

12.3%

compound annual 
growth since IPO

14.3p

adjusted fully diluted 
EPS FY22

13.3%

growth in FY22 
dividend to 8.5p

*  Cash conversion is net cash flows from operating activities as a percentage of profit for the year after tax

•   The market in the UK for legal and associated professional services is expected to continue to grow strongly

•   Gateley’s national presence provides a strong organic growth opportunity and its platform strategy facilitates additional 

growth through the acquisition of complementary businesses

•   Gateley has a diversified and resilient revenue stream with a high conversion of profit into cash

•   A strong balance sheet, with net cash of £10m, supports both investment into the business and acquisitions

•   Gateley provides an attractive income stream with 70% of post-tax profits earmarked for dividends. Since IPO in 2015 (at 

95p) it has returned 43p to shareholders

•   Gateley’s experienced management team has demonstrated an unbroken track record of revenue and profit growth

•   Gateley has high internal share ownership and a strong people culture with Responsible Business objectives classified under 

people, planet and potential

19
19

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview
Business Overview

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance

Our Financials
Our Financials

Strategic
report 

In this section

Chairman’s statement  

Chief Executive Officer’s review  

Chief Executive Officer’s Q&A  

Finance Director’s review  

Objectives, strategy and outlook 

Principal risks and uncertainties  

Section 172 statement  

Environmental actions statement 

Social matters 

22

24

30

32

38

42

46

47

49

20

21

This report has been prepared by 
the Directors in accordance with 
the requirements of Section 414 of 
the Companies Act 2006. 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Chairman’s 
statement

Introduction
I am delighted to welcome you  
to Gateley’s Annual Report and 
Accounts for the year ended  
30 April 2022, a successful year  
for Gateley in which the Group  
has continued its unbroken record  
of year-on-year revenue and  
profit growth. 

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Summary of the year
With revenue increasing by 13.0% to £137.2m 
and underlying profit before tax increasing 
by 11.9% to £21.6m, Gateley has again 
demonstrated the resilience of its business model 
and diversification strategy. These strong results 
led to a 22.9% increase in Group net assets to 
£72.9m (FY21: £59.3m), and an increase of 8.7% 
in adjusted fully diluted earnings per share to 
14.31p per share (FY21: 13.17p).

I am particularly proud that this year’s 
strong performance has been delivered 
despite disrupted circumstances. With the 
economic recovery from COVID-19 somewhat 
compromised by inflationary pressures, with 
uncertainty as a consequence of the terrible 
events in Ukraine and with the onset of higher 
than usual wage inflation within the legal and 
indeed other service sectors, Gateley has 
navigated the year well and I could not be more 
pleased with the resulting benefits for all of our 
stakeholders. 

Delivering our strategy
During the year, we have delivered on our strategic intent to 
further diversify the business, placing the Group in a strong 
position to deliver further profitable growth in the coming years.

In doing so, we have also expanded the breadth and depth of our 
offering with Group representation in four new geographies as 
part of the newly-acquired Smithers Purslow business. 

Our staff have shown great adaptability to the constant changes 
throughout the past few years and their dedication towards the 
business, their colleagues and clients has been first class. 

Within our consultancy businesses, overall headcount increased 
by 169.4% to 291 (FY21: 108) and fee-earner staff by 123.5% 
to 219 (FY21: 98). Together with three consultancy businesses 
acquired during the year, annualised revenues from this part 
of the Group now contribute revenues of over c.£32m, further 
diversifying our service offering and deepening our relationships 
with our clients in so doing. 

As part of our present and future acquisition strategy, we 
committed to a three-year revolving credit facility of up to  
£30.0m to assist with acquisitions. 

As we continue to grow and strengthen our business, the board 
remains committed to providing its people with the opportunity 
to own shares in the Company. We believe that employee share 
ownership secures a strong alignment with the Group’s external 
shareholders, incentivises employees and is reflective of Gateley’s 
long-established culture. At least 75% of current staff are existing 
share or option holders in the Group.

Responsible business
The board has made the introduction of Gateley’s Responsible 
Business commitments a key strategic priority this year. Working 
together with The Purpose Coalition, an independent ESG 
consultancy who helped us develop our own set of levelling up 
goals, in August 2021, we published Gateley’s Responsible Business 
report for which we have received significant positive feedback. 

The report outlines the plans and priorities that we are working to 
deliver over the coming years. They are set out under three broad 
categories being: People, Potential and Planet. I am delighted with 
the progress we have made in the year and how this important 
initiative has been readily embraced across the Group. We are 
committed to ensuring diversity, equality and inclusion across 
all three of these categories: our goal is to foster a positive 
work ethic, whilst remaining results and client focused, and 
demonstrate our commitment to doing the right thing for our 
people, our planet and developing potential wherever we can. 

Dividends
An interim dividend of 3p per share (FY21: 2.5p) was paid on the  
31 March 2022 to shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 18 February 2022. The board is pleased to propose a 
final dividend of 5.5p per share (FY21: 5p), giving a total dividend 
for the year of 8.5p per share (FY21: 7.5p), subject to approval 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, which will be held on 
20th October 2022. If approved, this final dividend will be paid in 
October to shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 23 September 2022. The shares will go ex-dividend on 22 
September 2022.

The board’s dividend policy remains to distribute up to 70% of 
profit after tax to shareholders, typically one third following its half 
year results and two thirds after the full year results are known. 

Summary and outlook
This year has been another strong year for Gateley. Our people 
have excelled in client delivery, they have continued to overcome 
every challenge presented to them, and have delivered further 
strategic progress for the business, combining to generate a 
strong set of results for the benefit of all of our stakeholders.

As we focus on service line enhancing opportunities that meet 
our clients’ needs and fulfil our strategy to build a broader 
professional services group, our acquisition pipeline remains 
strong, trading in the current year is in line with the board’s 
expectations and we look forward to the future with confidence.

Nigel Payne
Chairman

Nigel Payne 
Chairman

12 September 2022

22

23

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Chief Executive  
Officer’s review

Rod Waldie
Chief Executive Officer

24

Introduction
I am delighted by the Group’s performance in FY22; another 
year in which global events created significant uncertainty, 
but nonetheless another year in which the Group produced 
an excellent result. We closed the Period ahead of market 
expectations whilst continuing our investment strategy, further 
strengthening our offering to clients and also our balance sheet.

We continue to operate and invest in a 
differentiated, resilient and growing business, 
which has been deliberately designed to perform, 
regardless of the economic environment, and FY22’s 
results continue Gateley’s unbroken record of year-
on-year revenue and profit growth. 

Since IPO in 2015, we have acquired ten 
complementary businesses which have broadened 
and diversified our offering and as planned, 
enhanced our financial strength. We focus our 
Group on four strategic markets (our “Platforms”): 
Business Services, Corporate, People and Property, 
each of which now comprise a complementary 
mixture of legal and consulting businesses. 
Approximately 20% of annualised Group revenues 
are now consulting revenues, with significant 
additional diversification opportunities. Our balance 
sheet was further strengthened during the Period 
with year-end net assets and net cash of £72.9m 
(FY21: £59.3m) and £10.4m (FY21: £19.6m) 
respectively. As a result, we remain well-placed to 
weather any further storms, but also to continue 
our acquisition strategy.

The ongoing enhancement and strengthening of our 
business is why, in the seven years since floatation, we 
have been able to deliver compound annual revenue 
growth of 12.3%, compound profit before tax growth 
of 9.0% and, including the proposed final dividend 
proposed today, income to shareholders of 43.24 
pence per share in aggregate.

Results overview
FY22 Group revenues grew by 13.0% to £137.2m 
(FY21: £121.4m). Agile working, a necessity 
during the pandemic, is now a key element of our 
operating model, enabling us to continue to deliver 
cost efficiencies. As pandemic restrictions were 
lifted, we were able to finalise the integration of 
the acquisitions that completed shortly before 
the pandemic impacted. Although our acquisition 
strategy is focused on driving additional revenue, 
cost efficiencies are a welcome by-product. The 
results yielded an increase of 10.4% in profit before 
tax to £18.0m (FY21: £16.3m). Underlying adjusted 
profit before tax increased by 9.8% to £22.5m 
(FY21: £20.5m) and profit after tax by 8.3% to 
£14.3m (FY21: £13.2m).

Our strong revenue performance is undoubtedly a 
result of the depth and breadth of our professional 
services offering. 

Following on from the very strong second half 
performance in FY21, activity levels remained strong 
across the Corporate Platform, which grew by 12.7%, 
buoyed by the continuing strength of the UK M&A and 
Private Equity markets. The Property Platform grew 
by 15.7%, enhanced by greater market share and a 
widening range of mandates in our increasingly diverse 
property consultancy businesses, which generated 
21.0% of Property Platform revenue.  

25

Chief Executive Officer’s review 
continued

The People Platform saw a return to significant growth across both its 
legal and consultancy service lines, in which combined revenue grew by 
20.8%. The Business Services Platform grew by 14.6% as we expanded 
our market share in existing workstreams and through the addition of 
Adamson Jones IP Limited, Patent and Trademark Attorneys.

People and culture
FY22 saw a return to more familiar recruitment levels as  
headcount increased by 287 during the Period. This includes  
145 new colleagues who joined the Group as a result of the three 
acquisitions completed in the Period, Tozer Gallagher in July 
2021, Adamson Jones in January 2022 and Smithers Purslow in 
April 2022. After a pause in recruitment in the initial stages of the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the market has hardened with many factors 
now influencing peoples’ career decisions. The Gateley offering 
remains differentiated and attractive with a growing range of 
businesses across the Group. As the Group continues to expand, 
we are able to offer a broad range of career opportunities across 
our Platforms, which are underpinned by a unique identity and 
strong team culture.

We owe the success of our business to the quality and dedication 
of our teams. FY22 saw significant ongoing disruption caused by 
the pandemic, but our teams, supported by our earlier investments 
in technology and our “one-team” culture, met demand to deliver 
excellent client service and excellent results for the Group.

The Period also saw the beginnings of wage cost inflation across 
the UK legal industry, as strong client demand continued across the 
sector. Although this first impacted international firms in the City 
and whilst the highest, headline-grabbing salaries remain in that 
part of the market, gradually the trend spread across all UK legal 
markets. The result has and continues to be those legal businesses 
struggling to grow and/or who’s financial and remuneration models 
are not sufficiently strong or flexible have lost people where 
they cannot meet salary expectations. We believe that economic 
headwinds are likely to temper future rates of wage cost increase 
and in any event within Gateley our differentiated model and our 
ability to offer share ownership to all of our people continues to 
stand us in good stead. 

Our continuing programme of service line diversification not 
only drives additional sales but also creates skill set/talent pool 
diversification, adding operational and financial resilience for 
the Group and diluting the impact of trends affecting specific 
professional disciplines. Wage cost inflation seen in the legal sector 
in FY22 was less visible within our consultancy businesses and with 
approximately 23% of our professional staff qualified in disciplines 
other than law that too provided a degree of resilience and 
sheltering for the Group.

After external consultation, the Group has introduced a new 
Restricted Share Award Plan (“RSA”) and also awarded a second 
vintage of awards under the existing Long Term Incentive Plan 
(“LTIP”). The RSA forms part of the Group’s retention and 
incentivisation policy for emerging senior talent. It supports long-
term share ownership for people who are promoted to Partner or 
Partner-equivalent roles. It is a continuation of the board’s strategy 
to differentiate the position of a Partner or equivalent at Gateley 
from that of a Partner in traditionally structured professional 
services businesses.

Responsible businesses
Our Responsible Business commitment is a key strategic priority, 
which runs through the core of our organisation. Our first 
Responsible Business report, published in September 2021, 
outlined the objectives we committed to working towards during 
FY22 and beyond. These objectives flowed out of our work 
with The Purpose Coalition, the independent ESG consultancy 
who helped us develop our own set of levelling up goals. Other 
members of the Purpose Coalition include Amazon, bp, Compass 
Group, the BBC, Direct Line Group, Cisco and the NHS. In FY22 our 
objectives fell under three categories: People, Potential and Planet. 
I am delighted with the progress we made in the Period, with just a 
few of the highlights including:

People
• 

 Maintaining our Glassdoor ranking, recognised as the only 
UK legal business to rank in the top 25 companies for senior 
leadership

• 

• 

• 

 Maintaining our Investors in People standard

 Securing our Disability Confident employer status

 Launching our fifth internal diversity and inclusion network 
group; Ability, which raises awareness around neurodiversity 
and supporting colleagues with any disabilities

Potential
• 

 Continued support of Birmingham City University 
STEAMHouse, exploring other opportunities to add value to 
their start-ups

• 

• 

• 

 Announcing our partnership with UA92 in Manchester, which 
aims to make higher education accessible to all, through 
its founding principles of accessibility, social mobility and 
inclusivity

 Becoming the UK’s first Patron of ‘Make Good Grow’, a 
social enterprise founded on the principles of uniting good 
businesses with good causes

 Continuing our SportsAid partnership; providing financial 
and personal development support to ten of our country’s 
brightest young sporting prospects

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Planet
• 

 Maintaining reductions in travel through the continued use of 
virtual meetings where appropriate 

• 

• 

 Continued adherence to Group-wide “paper light” strategy

 Encouraging our people to submit their sustainability pledges 
and the positive actions we will take to protect our planet

Operational review
By the start of the Period our teams had already demonstrated 
their ability to deliver via a more flexible, agile model. They 
had also, like so many other sectors of UK and international 
markets, confirmed their wish to maintain that flexibility even 
after the pandemic has passed. Those factors combined to 
create a management focus for driving ongoing efficiency. Under 
the “Gateley Agile” initiative we made a number of changes to 
premises, including the move to a smaller footprint in Reading, 
vacating our Leicester office as part of conflation of a number of 
services into one East Midlands offering located in our existing 
Nottingham office, and combining Gateley Tweed, Gateley Capitus 
and Gateley Legal into one Belfast office.

As pandemic restrictions were gradually lifted throughout the 
course of the Period, we were able to increase our efforts 
towards fully integrating recently acquired businesses. Whilst we 
had of course done the best we could to continue integration 
programmes during the pandemic, our efforts in the early part of 
the Period were limited broadly to matters capable of being dealt 
with virtually. That created certain limitations, not just in physical 
terms where opportunities which existed to merge offices and 
reduce duplicated costs could not be implemented until the latter 
half of the Period, but also in people and cultural integration 
terms. By the end of the Period, we were back on track with our 
integration programme.

Throughout the Period, we continued to invest across the Group 
in growing and strengthening our teams. Overall headcount in the 
Group increased by 26.5% to 1,368 (FY21: 1,081). Legal services 
professional headcount growth was 9.0% to 729 employees 
(FY21: 669). The growth of our consultancy businesses’ 
contribution in the Period was matched by continued investment 
and diversification into consultancy operations, with overall 
consultancy headcount increasing by 169.4% to 291 (FY21: 108) 
and fee-earner consultancy staff up by 123.5% to 219 (FY21: 98).

In H2 FY22, work commenced on the Phase 1 implementation of 
our new core IT “practice management” system. We identified over 
three years ago that our core systems needed replacing with new 
technology. That new technology was needed to provide improved 
management information within one financial system, to better 
support acquisitive growth and seamless integration in a more 
stable and robust IT system which can grow with us; and to create 
new processes to enable us to work as efficiently as possible for 

our clients. Phase 1 implementation, which resulted in over 80% 
of staff adopting the new system on 22 June 2022, is progressing 
well. We inevitably encountered some system interruptions in 
the days post-launch but these were all well-within anticipated 
tolerances and, as such, represented no significant overall business 
interruption or disruption. The balance of all staff are expected to 
come onto the new system in one final phase during FY23.

Our Acquisition Strategy
After deliberately pausing acquisition activity at the start of the 
pandemic, we considered that the Group had stabilised sufficiently by 
the beginning of FY22 for us to recommence it. We completed three 
acquisitions during the Period, two onto our Property Platform and 
our first onto our Business Services Platform. During the Period we 
committed to a three-year revolving credit facility of up to £30.0m 
to assist with acquisitions. To date, we have only used this for the 
acquisition of Gateley Smithers Purslow and only drawn down £6.0m.

In July 2021 we acquired Tozer Gallagher, a leading practice 
of chartered quantity surveyors and construction consultants 
based in Manchester and London. The business specialises in 
built environment consultancy, fund monitoring services and 
surety advisory, and dovetails with the operations of Gateley 
Vinden, which was acquired in March 2020. The surety advisory 
expertise within Tozer Gallagher adds further strength to Gateley 
Vinden’s business but also complements the specialist surety 
work undertaken by Gateley Legal’s surety practice team. The 
internationally recognised experts within Gateley Legal’s surety 
team have a proven track record in advising on contentious and 
non-contentious issues relating to any surety. Since acquisition 
and despite the pandemic to some extent frustrating immediate 
integration efforts, Tozer Gallagher has traded strongly.

In January 2022 we completed the acquisition of Patent and 
Trademark Attorneys, Adamson Jones; the first acquisition onto 
our Business Services Platform. The business has a broad range 
of technical expertise including biotechnology, engineering, 
pharmaceuticals and software and acts for clients from large 
multinational and national organisations, to universities and 
SMEs. The Adamson Jones team has 25 staff in offices in 
Nottingham and Leicester. The acquisition sets a solid foundation 
for the development, on the Business Services Platform, of 
complementary businesses with an IP and brands focus, working 
alongside the existing team within Gateley Legal, and enabling 
the Group to widen its scope in an area where it already has a 
well-established and continually growing client base. The business 
has traded well since acquisition and Adamson Jones staff have 
relocated into existing Gateley offices in the Midlands.

26

27

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsCurrent trading and outlook
The solid foundations on which our business is built have enabled 
the Group to deliver strong results in a period which was impacted 
widely by macro events. One of the key objectives of our IPO in 
2015 was to move the business into a structure that would enable 
it to build a strong balance sheet and deliver the future investment 
needed to drive the business forward. We are delivering on this 
objective and will continue in this vein.

The business is continuing to demonstrate its resilience in the 
current financial year, with Q1 FY23 utilisation across the Group 
and against our historic averages supporting the board’s positive 
outlook, and with current trading in-line with the  
board’s expectations. 

Our financial position is such that we will continue with our 
acquisitions programme. The pipeline is strong and opportunities 
are under consideration on each of our four Platforms.

We have confidence in our ability to perform well, even accepting 
current indicators for the wider economic environment, and 
continue to view the Group’s prospects for year ahead and  
beyond positively.

Rod Waldie
Chief Executive Officer

12 September 2022

Chief Executive Officer’s review 
continued

In April 2022 we completed the acquisition of Smithers  
Purslow, our largest acquisition to date and our seventh onto  
our Property Platform, currently our largest and most mature 
Platform. Smithers Purslow is a rapidly growing multi-disciplinary 
chartered surveying practice, comprising building and quantity 
surveyors and civil and structural engineers. Specialising in services 
to the property insurance claims market, it resolves high value 
claims for insurers, policy holders and their advisers. The business 
operates from ten regional offices across the UK and employs 
130 staff. Its blue-chip client base includes insurance and utility 
companies, property managers and high net worth individuals. 
It complements existing expertise at Gateley Vinden and Tozer 
Gallagher, further enhancing the Group’s already strong and 
growing Property Platform. 

Our Platform Strategy
Prudent management and a strong balance sheet enable us to drive 
incremental value through acquisitions. As new businesses are 
added and integrated onto each Platform, we now see the model 
working exactly as we would expect, driving more revenue from 
existing clients, creating routes into new clients for other parts of 
the business to cross sell services and continually diversifying and 
strengthening revenue streams.

Gateley Hamer, our property consultancy specialising in 
Compulsory Purchase Orders, easements and wayleaves, 
infrastructure projects, land referencing and public inquiries 
produced another strong performance. The business again posted 
strong organic top line growth of 41.5% but also added another 
core service line in the shape of telecoms infrastructure. 

Pleasingly, positive momentum and a return to growth flowed 
through into our People Platform consultancies, Kiddy & Partners 
and t-three, during the Period. This was in part due to increased 
demand for services, as client HR Directors and Heads of Talent 
saw development budgets, frozen during the pandemic, released 
once again to them. However, also of significant benefit was the 
successful integration of those two businesses into one assessment, 
development and cultural change-facing offering. Our integrated 
proposition and service offering went live in January and excellent 
client feedback and securing significant new mandates.

Overall, our acquired consultancies performed strongly during the 
Period, contributing 15.5% to total Group revenues and supporting 
revenue growth in each of our four Platforms.

28
28

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

We continue to operate and 
invest in a differentiated, 
resilient and growing business, 
which has been deliberately 
designed to perform, regardless 
of the economic environment, and 
FY22’s results continue Gateley’s 
unbroken record of year-on-year 
revenue and profit growth.”

Rod Waldie, Chief Executive Officer

29
29

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Chief Executive Officer’s Q&A

Chief Executive Officer, Rod Waldie, talks here about how the year has gone and priorities 
for the future.

How are you finding activity within 
the business and in the market as 
we emerge from the pandemic?
The pandemic highlighted the collective strength and 
adaptability of our people. That was no surprise to me 
given the long-established one team culture in Gateley. 

Although there have been many changes, our 
commitment to excellence in service delivery remains 
absolute across our Platforms, all of which have 
been, and remain, busy. Our strong activity levels are 
reflective of high demand from clients in our chosen 
markets throughout the year. That demand has driven 
impressive growth in both our legal and consultancy 
service revenues, which underpins our ability to 
report yet another year of profit and dividend growth. 
However, as business leaders begin to view economic 
uncertainty as a constraint, we are closely monitoring 
our clients’ activities and their needs so as to align 
our increasingly diverse range of professional services 
to where opportunities lie now and in the future. 
This is an inherent characteristic in our deliberately 
designed resilient business model which, for many 
years, has successfully rotated to deliver strong 
results in all economic conditions. We will continue to 
evolve this model and our enthusiasm for innovation 
whilst maintaining an unwavering focus on cost 
management. 

How has the Gateley Agile  
strategy been adopted by your 
people and clients and how is it 
working in practice?
The pandemic certainly tested professional services 
businesses. The forced implementation of remote 
working was the first operational impact of scale. Agile 
working will be the long-lasting legacy. 

Our Gateley Agile strategy continues to evolve. We 
absolutely recognise that flexibility has become one of 
the most desired attributes of any business considered 
to be a great place to work and therefore a key 
component of a strong workplace culture, which we 
have always been absolutely committed to. 

Everything that we do at Gateley is underpinned by 
“the Gateley Team Spirit”. Two of its pillars are: 

• 

 “ Working together” – our people want to  
be part of a team and we work inclusively  
and collaboratively with each other and  
our clients ; and 

•  “ Trusted to do” – when we say that we will do 

something, we do it, maintaining a clear focus  
on the doing. In return, we are trusted to get  
on with things. 

Our success in embracing the flexibility in our Gateley 
Agile strategy boils down to trust; with leaders trusting 
team members to work together to meet expectations 
and goals and team members feeling assured that they 
are worthy of that trust. 

Gateley Agile is working well and, in many respects,  
is a mirror of what many of our clients are doing in 
their organisations. Resultant operational and  
premises cost savings are a bonus for them and for  
us in offsetting some of the inflationary pressure that 
we are all seeing. 

Gateley Agile will continue to evolve and we will 
continue to find creative ways to ensure engagement, 
collaboration and performance feedback and review.

How are your most recent 
acquisitions bedding in and how is 
the Platform strategy progressing?
It has been great to report three acquisitions during 
the Period. The sixth and seventh consultancy business 
additions to our Property Platform and the first onto our 
Business Services Platform. 

• 

• 

• 

  Tozer Gallagher (quantity surveyors and construction 
consultants) specialise in built environment 
consultancy, fund monitoring services and surety 
advisory. These services dovetail with those provided 
by Gateley Vinden and by Gateley Legal in the context 
of surety expertise. Since acquisition in July 2021, the 
Tozer Gallagher team has relocated to our existing 
offices in London and Manchester and has traded 
strongly. 

   Smithers Purslow (a multi-disciplinary chartered 
surveying practice) specialise in services to the 
property insurance claims market, resolving high value 
claims for insurers and policy holders. This is our 
largest acquisition to date. The 128 professional staff 
in Smithers Purslow complement existing expertise in 
Gateley Vinden and Tozer Gallagher and significantly 
enhance our strong and growing Property Platform. 
The Smithers Purslow team have settled in very well 
since acquisition in April 2022 and are trading strongly 
in a very active sector. 

   Adamson Jones (patent and trademark attorneys) 
represent the first consultancy services acquisition 
onto our Business Services Platform. The team have 
a broad range of technical expertise and act for 
national and multi-national organisations. Most of the 
25 Adamson Jones staff are now based in our existing 
Nottingham office. The business has traded well since 
acquisition in January 2022. We are focused upon 
adding similar businesses to this Platform to maximise 
opportunities for us to help our clients protect and 
monetise their ideas, inventions and brands. 

Our Platform strategy is progressing well. The Platforms 
remain our growth vectors and our key differentiator. All 
businesses are well integrated and working as we would 
expect in driving more (and more diverse) revenue from 
existing clients whilst creating opportunities with new 
clients. We have an encouraging pipeline of acquisition 
opportunities and a committed funding line to add yet 
more resilience to our business model.

How has your first responsible 
business report been received and 
what are your plans to build on 
your ESG strategy?
We launched our maiden responsible business report  
last September and alongside that held an internal launch 
to our business supported by keynote speakers from The 
Purpose Coalition, the independent ESG consultancy 
who helped us develop our own set of levelling up goals 
last year, and the Better Business Act of which we are a 
signatory. The virtual webinar was very well received by 
our colleagues right across the Group with around 870 
of them joining us on the day. This was an important 
milestone in communicating the meaningful strategies  
we have put in place to meet our environmental, social 
and governance obligations.

We’ve had lots of positive internal and external  
feedback during the year on our commitment and 
approach to being a responsible business but I don’t 
view this as a job that will eventually be completed. 
It will evolve over time so it’s important that we keep 
progressing in this area. With that in mind, in March this 
year, we appointed our first responsible business manager 
who is focused on helping us deliver the objectives we 
have already outlined as well as planning for the future. 
In addition, we want to ensure that we can measure the 
value and impact we are having so we can clearly evaluate 
where we are effecting change and what more we need  
to do to progress and improve.

Our responsible business objectives in FY22 were set 
against three categories of People, Potential and Planet. 
You can find a summary of what has been delivered so 
far in the Responsible Gateley section of this annual 
report but more detail about how we met our objectives 
will be outlined in our next Responsible Business report, 
published in the Autumn. This will also include an 
overview on what the next steps in our ESG journey  
will be. You can expect those to be actions that focus  
on the wellbeing of our employees, being a force for 
good in society and within the communities where we 
do business and by playing our part in protecting and 
repairing our planet.

30

31

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Finance Director’s review

“

Results for FY22 reflect another strong year for 
the Group. They include significant organic 
growth and a return to our acquisitions 
plan with the addition of some excellent new 
complementary service lines that further 
enhance Group revenue diversification. 
We have maintained control of costs 
despite both market specific and macro-
economic conditions suggesting further 
headwinds are to come, and we have 
produced a strengthened balance 
sheet with significant facility 
headroom to further expand the 
Group both organically and 
through acquisition.”

Financial overview
In FY22 the Group demonstrated strong growth in revenue 
and adjusted profit before tax ahead of consensus market 
expectations set at the start of the year, with revenue up 13.0% 
to £137.2m including organic revenue growth from legal service 
lines of 8.7% alongside exceptional organic growth of 26.7% from  
consultancy service lines.

The measures taken by the Group to embrace changes in  
working practices driven by the pandemic resulted in another  
year of lower costs as a percentage of revenue. We continue to 
explore further cost reduction initiatives, such as our ongoing 
premises strategy, as part of our “Gateley Agile” initiative, 
designed to help mitigate the widely reported upward increase on 
staff costs in the sector, and broader inflationary pressures.

We completed three acquisitions during the Period, which  
are integrating well. We have established a new revolving credit 
facility which was part used for our largest acquisition since 
listing, Gateley Smithers Purslow, and we remain well-placed with  
a strong balance sheet.

FY22 continues our long track record of delivering profitable annual 
results and attractive investment returns, which once again enable 
strong dividend growth through the proposed final dividend of 5.5p, 
taking total dividends to 8.5p in respect of the Period.

Revenue
Group total revenue grew by 13.0% (FY21: 10.5%) to £137.2m 
(FY21: £121.4m). Revenue from core legal service lines grew 
organically by 8.7% (FY21: 5.5%). In addition, total revenue from 
complementary consultancy businesses grew by 44.9% to £21.3m 
or 15.5% of total revenues (FY21: £14.7m or 11.5%), highlighting 
the on-going success of our Platforms diversification strategy.

Neil Smith
Finance Director

Platform performance
At the start of FY22 the Group presented segmental reporting on our Group Platform structure.

As the Group has continued its headcount investment across each Platform, margin performance has fluctuated dependent upon the stage 
of Platform investment. We have increased staff numbers within our Business Services and Property Platforms during FY22 to meet expected 
increases in demand in FY23. These investments have predominately driven decreases in their FY22 margins. However, despite our strategy of 
continual investment and the unique wage cost inflation seen in the legal sector, the Group has lowered its percentage of personnel costs to 
revenue in FY22 to 63.0% (FY21: 63.9%) and will continue to sensibly manage this key metric as market conditions evolve. 

Retention of staff remains key to the success of the Group which we believe is well served by our unique culture, business structure and 
the vast number of career opportunities in a growing, resilient Group which continues to deliver quality advice to a quality client base.

The table below represents this performance over the last two reported years along with each Platform’s direct contribution towards 
our one profit view of the Group’s performance.

FY22
Revenue
Segmental contribution
Contribution margin

FY21
Revenue
Segmental contributions
Contribution margin
Revenue movement 
Contribution margin change

Business
Services
£m
18.0
5.7
31.7%

15.7
6.4
40.8%
14.6%
(9.1%)

Corporate
£m
38.1
15.4
40.4%

33.8
11.4
33.7%
12.7%
6.7%

People
£m
19.2
6.9
35.9%

15.9
4.9
30.8%
20.8%
5.1%

Property
£m
61.3
23.0
37.5%

53.0
24.4
46.0%
15.7%
(8.5%)

Total
£m
136.6
51.0
37.3%

118.4
47.1
39.8%
15.4%
(2.5%)

Business Services Platform
Our Business Services Platform revenues grew by 14.6%. Our Business Services Platform offers a broad balance of services across many clients and 
industries as well as continuing to support our transactional work streams. Its mix of services in both complex litigation and in more transactional-
led commercial services are now being widened further through the acquisition of Patent and Trademark attorneys, Adamson Jones. The addition 
of these IP and brands focused services, working alongside the existing team within Gateley Legal, will enable the Group to widen its scope in an 
area where it already has a well-established and continually growing client-base. This Platform was held back during the year on commercial and 
international-led litigation assignments of a contingent nature that have not achieved the fee levels we had hoped for due to Russia’s invasion of 
Ukraine, where in both jurisdictions we held litigation mandates. We have maintained these international teams but shifted our geographical focus 
to new jurisdictions which have already generated an attractive pipeline of complex international litigation assignments.

Corporate Platform
Our Corporate Platform produced another strong performance generating revenue growth of 12.7% and a significantly stronger 
contribution margin. Our continued strength of relationships with Private Equity and M&A clients continues to serve the Group well as 
activity in this area remains strong in FY23. Our banking team within this Platform also posted another strong year of growth alongside 
our growing tax team. Recruitment to service demand across the Platform remains a challenge, however staff numbers have increased and 
we take a highly skilled team into FY23 with confidence. Whilst corporate transactional activity within our client base shows no signs of 
relenting, traditional restructuring and recovery activities remained subdued during the Period, with upticks in activity shown post year-end 
as wider economic conditions impose challenges for UK businesses. 

People Platform
This Platform grew by 20.8% due to the significant return of demand for services across our consultancy businesses, t-three and Kiddy & 
Partners (“Kiddy”), after the pandemic and also after the launch of their integrated service delivery model to corporate clients. Their focus 
on talent assessment and development and cultural change has proven to represent a strong sales proposition to a client-base inevitably 
needing to adjust and change as a result of the pandemic. Our national private client team performed well alongside our more traditional, but 
established, employment legal and pension trustee led services. Contribution margins increased as a result of a return to greater activity using 
these established existing teams at a higher level of activity during FY22.

32

33

Finance Director’s review
continued

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Property Platform
Our Property Platform reporting segment grew revenue strongly by 15.7% as we took advantage of opportunities generated by our most 
mature Platform. It operates at regional and national levels in the UK’s commercial property, development and housing markets, which rely 
upon long-term specialist multi-disciplinary legal and consulting support. There was growth across both contentious and non-contentious 
service lines in areas such as construction disputes, plus we also saw strong growth in our specialist Gateley Hamer consultancy business 
which increased revenue by 42% during the year. We have recruited to meet FY23 demand in both existing and new service lines within 
Gateley Hamer, which is primarily why direct contribution has declined. Tozer Gallagher and Smithers Purslow have both enjoyed a strong 
first part year within the Group. Post year-end Tozer Gallagher has exceeded revenue expectations which will lead to achievement of its 
earn-out and a further £0.1m of consideration being payable. 

Underlying operating profit before tax
The Group has recorded strong underlying operating profit before tax of £22.5m which has increased by 9.8% from £20.5m in FY21. Our 
strategy to maintain fee earner headcount in order to service increased client activity has been supported by our recruitment activity this 
year. Continuing robust demand in the UK’s legal services industry has led to continued pressure in the legal recruitment market and as 
previously highlighted our underlying trading margins have decreased slightly to 16.4% (FY21: 16.9%).

We are not yet seeing this pressure relent as we move into FY23 and we have undertaken another comprehensive salary review in a 
continually changing professional services industry in order to remain competitive in the legal recruitment market. We have always operated 
an all-staff bonus scheme which typically amounts to c10% of our annual salary costs. We see such a scheme, where performance is directly 
linked to the Group’s performance, as a key management strategy whereby staff are incentivised accordingly to drive Group performance 
but management is also able to retain a significant element of discretion in matching remuneration with Group “one profit” performance. 
We have not changed our strategy on this incentivisation tool which sits alongside extremely attractive staff share plans and ensures the 
whole business is culturally aligned.

Underlying operating profit before tax excludes amortisation of acquired intangibles, all share-based charges and exceptional acquisition 
related items. Underlying operating profit before tax has been calculated as an alternative performance measure in order to provide a more 
meaningful measure and year-on-year comparison of the profitability of the underlying business.

Extract of UK statement of comprehensive income
Revenue
Operating profit
Operating profit margin (%)

2022
£’000
137,249
18,987
13.83%

2021
£’000
121,375
17,505
14.42%

Personnel costs and operating expenses
Our total personnel costs increased by 11.7% (FY21: 21.9%) to £86.5m due to the full-year cost of staff introduced to the business 
through acquisitions made during the year together with a return to recruitment in order to expand capacity to meet client demands.  
In total, seven (FY21: six) new legal Partners joined the business and we made eight (FY21: nine) internal promotions to legal Partner. 

Average numbers of legal and professional staff rose by 3.9% (FY21: 9.1%) to 800 (FY21: 770), whilst support staff numbers increase 
marginally to 350 (FY21: 343). Personnel costs as a percentage of fees decreased to 63.0% of revenue from 63.8% in FY21, excluding 
share-based payment charges.

Operating expenses have increased in line with top line growth of the Group, including in specific areas such as travel, marketing and 
premises related spending following a partial return to office working, and due to the effects of current UK-wide inflation impacting running 
costs. Whilst other operating expenses increased by £2.6m or 12.4% to £23.6m (FY21: £21.0m) overheads remain well-managed as a 
percentage of revenue, as demonstrated by their decrease as a percentage of revenue from 17.3% in FY21 to 17.2% in FY22. 

Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Basic EPS increased by 7.3% to 12.00p (FY21: 8.1% to 11.18p). Basic EPS before non-underlying and exceptional items increased by 10.6% 
to 14.66p (FY21: 4.5% to 13.26p). Diluted EPS increased by 5.5% to 11.71p (FY21: 9.5% to 11.10p). Diluted EPS before non-underlying 
and exceptional items increased by 8.7% to 14.31p (FY21: 5.8% to 13.17p).

Share option schemes
The board remains committed to providing its people with the opportunity to own shares in the Company, as further evidenced by the introduction 
of the new RSA during the year. Such share ownership promotes strong alignment with the Group’s external shareholders, incentivises employees 
and is reflective of Gateley’s long-established culture. At least 75% of current staff are existing share or option holders in the Group.

The awards, which vest on receipt, are made when an individual is promoted to Partner or an equivalent position. Awards are subject to a 
five-year non-dealing restriction and are forfeited should employment be terminated within that period. 1,267,560 shares were awarded on 
27 April 2022 as part of one-off awards to people who were non-equity Partners at the date of Gateley’s IPO in June 2015, with a further 
100,000 shares being awarded shortly after the FY22 financial year-end to newly promoted Partner or Partner-equivalents since then.

The board also announced at the end of FY22, a second vintage of LTIP awards to certain Executive Directors and Senior Management over 
up to 1,115,000 Ordinary Shares of 10 pence each in the Company (“Ordinary Shares”). Awards under the LTIP vest at the end of a three-
year period, dependent upon the achievement of profit related performance conditions and continuous employment. 

Profits used to calculate underlying EPS each year are disclosed below:

Reconciliation to alternative performance measure: underlying operating profit before tax
Operating profit

18,987

17,505

Reported profit after tax

Non-underlying items
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share based payment charge – Gateley Plc
Share based payment charge – Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
Release of contingent consideration – International Investment Services Limited

Exceptional items
Acquisitions costs
One off remuneration charge – Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited
Underlying operating profit before tax

Adjusted underlying operating profit margin (%)

1,581
1,100
113
(135)

373
497
22,516

16.41%

2,073
956
-
-

-
-
20,534

16.92%

Adjustments for non-underlying and exceptional items:

- Anticipated impact of IFRS 16 if it had been adopted in earlier years
- Amortisation of intangible assets
- Share-based payment adjustments
-  Release of contingent consideration – International Investment 

Services Limited

- Impairment of software development costs
- Acquisition-related costs

Underlying profit after tax

2022
£’000
14,279

-
1,581
1,213
(135)

-
870
17,808

2021
£’000
13,157

-
2,073
956
-

-
-
16,186

2020
£’000
11,723

-
1,375
1,355
-

463
107
15,023

2019
£’000
13,041

(313)
1,406
655
-

-
61
14,850

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating  
diluted earnings per share

121,893,238

118,508,833

115,599,727

112,280,569

Underlying adjusted fully diluted EPS

14.61p

13.66p

13.00p

13.23p

34

35

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsFinance Director’s review
continued

Taxation
The Group’s tax charge for the Period was £3.8m (FY21: £3.2m) which comprised a corporation tax charge of £4.0m (FY21: £3.7m) and a 
deferred tax credit of £0.2m (FY21: credit of £0.5m).

The deferred tax charge arises due to a combination of credits in respect of the share schemes that have vested in past years and the release of 
deferred tax on brands. The total effective rate of tax is 20.8% (FY21: 19.3%) based on reported profits before tax. The increase is as a result 
of the decrease in the tax allowable benefit arising from the exercise of nil cost share options from levels experienced in previous years.

The net deferred taxation liability increased to £2.5m (FY21: £0.6m) as a result of the deferred tax charge arising from business 
combinations during the year.

Dividend
The Group paid an interim dividend of 3.0p per share on 31 March 2022 and proposes a final dividend at the Company’s Annual General 
Meeting on 20 October 2022 of 5.5p (FY21: 5.0p) per share, which if approved, will be paid in late-October 2022 to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 23 September 2022. The shares will go ex-dividend on 22 September 2022. Our dividend policy remains 
to distribute up to 70% of our after-tax profits each year.

Balance sheet
The Group’s net asset position has increased by £13.6m (FY21: £14.5m) to £72.9m (FY21: £59.3m), due to the following movements:

There was a £13.4m increase in total current assets, resulting from £13.1m additional trade and other receivables through acquired 
businesses and the strong organic growth of the Group. Contract assets (“unbilled revenue”) increased by £3.3m and cash at bank 
decreased by £3.5m as excess cash was redeployed into acquisitions and to support working capital required for continued growth.

Non-current assets increased by £14.5m, resulting from a decrease of £2.4m from a change in property use and right of use asset values 
and an increase of £16.8m in intangible assets and goodwill following the three acquisitions made during the year.

The board has carefully considered the impact of COVID-19 on the future forecasts used in assessing the value in use of the cash generating 
units to which the goodwill and intangibles relate and determined that despite short term reductions such forecasts are more than sufficient 
to justify the carrying value of goodwill. Therefore, as at 30 April 2022, the board concluded that the goodwill and intangible assets do not 
require impairment.

Total liabilities increased by £14.3m, due mainly to the drawdown of the RCF and creation of £5.7m of debt in connection with the acquisitions 
of Gateley Smithers Purslow together with the recognition of £5.4m of deferred consideration and £2.1m of deferred taxation on acquired 
intangibles, also in connection with the same acquisition.

Working capital and cash flow
During the year the Group agreed a new revolving credit facility with Bank of Scotland and HSBC UK.

The facility provides total committed funding of £30m until April 2025, split equally between Bank of Scotland and HSBC UK. It replaces the 
Group’s existing £8m overdraft facilities with Bank of Scotland and HSBC UK, with the dual bank club providing increased flexibility to the Group 
to support future growth and expansion via acquisition. Interest is payable on the loan at a margin of 1.95% above the SONIA reference rate.

The Group also has in place a litigation funding facility for an initial £20m of funding towards significant litigation cases, which has the ability 
to increase to £50m if required. To date the Group has not yet utilised this facility but has a number of large assignments currently being 
assessed for consideration in FY23.

Cash generation was once again good with net cash inflows from operating activities of £12.3m(FY21: 25.4m) representing 86.5%(FY21: 
193.2%) of profit after tax. The Group ended the year with net cash of £10.4m (FY21: 19.6m) the result of continued strong trading and 
also management’s sustained focus on cost efficiencies and costs management.

Free cashflow during the year from operations (post cashflow from IFRS 16 leases) was £7.4m (FY21: £20.8m) which represents 51.7% 
(FY21: 158.2%) of profit after taxation. After conserving excess cash in FY21 as a result of decisions taken at the outset of the pandemic, 
FY22 has experienced the adverse effects caused by the timing of increases in cash movements from trade receivables as the business 
returned to growth and normal levels of trading related outgoings.

36

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Net cash generated from operations
Tax paid
Net interest (paid)/received

Cash outflow from IFRS 16 leases (rental payments excluded from operating cash flows under IFRS 16)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of other intangible assets

Free cash flow

Underlying profit after tax

Free cash flow

2022
£’000
16,846
(4,497)
(7)

(3,870)
(775)
(319)
7,246

14,279

51.7%

2021
£’000
29,457
(4,039)
(240)

(3,847)
(503)
(10)
20,818

13,157

158.2%

At the year-end unbilled revenue recognised in the Group’s statutory accounts, from time recorded on non-contingent work, totalled £17.2m 
or 12.5% of revenue recognised over the year (FY21: £13.9m or 11.5%). Unbilled revenue represented 49 days in line with last year, of Pro-
forma net revenue. Group debtor days have increased to 113 days compared to 104 days in FY21 of Pro-forma net revenue. Pro-forma net 
revenue includes revenue from acquisitions on a full year pro-forma basis. As the Group grows so has our volume of unpaid debts. This year 
especially the heightened activity levels of year billing and the growth of the Group through acquisition, alongside the position of the easter 
holidays, have all combined towards the increase in debtor days. We had a higher number of litigation and recovery assignments in particular 
at the year-end that have since been settled or are close to resolution that will generate settlement of certain outstanding debts. We have also 
made a good start to collections in FY23, despite the impact of the significant change in financial systems in June 2022.

Concert party update
Following consultation with The Takeover Panel (“the Panel”), it has been agreed that the concert party will be amended.

At the time of the IPO, it was agreed with the Panel that the Directors, Existing Shareholders and the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust  
(once established), each as defined in Gateley’s admission document published on 1 June 2015, were acting in concert in respect of Gateley.

The Company has now agreed with the Panel that the Gateley EBT along with the following individuals and their respective connected persons 
form the concert party in relation to Gateley pursuant to The Takeover Code:

Rod Waldie
Michael Ward
Neil Smith
Peter Davies
Callum Nuttall
Paul Hayward
Brendan McGeever

Chief Executive Officer
Executive Director
Finance Director
Chief Operating Officer and member of the Strategic Board
Member of the Strategic Board
Former member of the Strategic Board
Former member of the Strategic Board

Summary
Results for FY22 reflect another strong year for the Group. They include significant organic growth and a return to our acquisitions plan with 
the addition of some excellent new complementary service lines that further enhance Group revenue diversification. We have maintained 
control of costs despite both market specific and macro-economic conditions suggesting further headwinds are to come, and we have 
produced a strengthened balance sheet with significant facility headroom to further expand the Group both organically and through acquisition. 
The Group is actively pursuing a strong pipeline of M&A opportunities.

Post year-end, we have enhanced our financial systems platform in order to drive greater efficiencies in the future and we continue to look at 
initiatives to balance off further increased cost pressures from wage and inflationary pressures.

Neil Smith
Finance Director

12 September 2022

3737

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Principal objectives, 
strategy and outlook

The principal activity of the Group during the year was the provision of 
commercial legal services together with complementary professional consultancy 
services. The Group sells its services through 26 business lines, grouped into four 
operating segments. Dependent on a client’s requirements, any given instruction 
or assignment can involve more than one business line with fee earning staff 
being provided across one or more geographical office location.

The Group’s services are tailored to those required by local, 
regional and national clients and are provided from 21 offices 
across the UK, as well as an office in Dubai. Gateley also maintains 
informal, non-exclusive, relationships with a number of law firms 
(30+) around the world, enabling it to provide clients access to a 
global legal solution.

Gateley became an Alternative Business Structure (“ABS”) with 
effect from 1 January 2014. Non-lawyers are permitted to own 
and invest in ABS law firms. The Board believes a combination 
of the ABS structure and admission to trading on AIM provides 
a platform for the continued profitable growth and future 
diversified development of the business. It enables the business 
to differentiate itself from its competition through an enhanced 
service-offering and unique career opportunity, to diversify 
its revenue streams through the acquisition of additional 
complementary legal and professional consultancy service 
businesses and finally to incentivise its people offering wider and 
earlier ownership to staff of a more modern, dynamic business.  

The Group’s current areas of focus are:

 Enhanced opportunities to grow Gateley 
organically – including lateral hires of individuals 
or teams

  Making selective acquisitions, including  
(i) other legal firms which offer geographical 
expansion or additional specialist services and 
(ii) professional consultancy service businesses 
offering complementary services

  Building out the Group’s Platforms which 
comprise clusters of complementary group 
services presenting a broader and more 
compelling offering

 Alignment through share participation, of the 
interests of shareholders (including employee 
shareholders) with those of the business, aiding 
retention of staff and enhancing Gateley’s 
recruitment appeal.

Organic growth strategy
The UK legal services market continues to exhibit growth and clear 
opportunities exist for Gateley to continue to differentiate its 
service offering and grow organically, in particular from:

Incentivisation
Gateley operates a range of employee share schemes that ensure 
all staff can acquire shares and participate in the financial success 
of our business. 

 The retention of existing employees, working together to 
deliver 100% client satisfaction by looking after our clients’ 
businesses as if they were our own

The aim of encouraging earlier and widespread equity ownership in 
the business is to attract, retain and motivate talent and to ensure 
all employees can benefit from the Group’s longer-term success.

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Attracting new talent wishing to be a part of a pioneering law 
led professional services group

 We will continue to provide enhanced cross-selling 
opportunities through collaborative working via our group wide 
Platforms

 Continued strengthening of our national network, offering a 
quality, value-for-money legal service to mid-market clients at 
home, in the markets in which they trade

 Continue to build upon our straight-talking mid-market 
corporate service offering

 Maintaining and building upon Gateley’s bank panel 
representation and “own account” work for banks

 Extending Gateley’s relationships with the UK’s leading house 
builders and in particular in those divisions and regions where 
Gateley does not currently act

Acquisitive growth
Gateley believes that it can strengthen its business by broadening 
its service offering through the acquisition of complementary 
legal and consultancy service businesses. A broader set of 
services create additional channels to market, increase cross-
sales potential, facilitate a more flexible sales model and enhance 
client retention. To owners of target complementary professional 
services businesses Gateley offers a platform for their continued 
growth, drawing upon Gateley’s established national office network 
and supporting back-office infrastructure and access, via Gateley’s 
existing “sales force” of partners and other lawyers, to Gateley’s 
existing client-base. Gateley will expand by:

• 

• 

• 

 being well positioned, as a result of its more flexible corporate 
structure, to take advantage of anticipated consolidation within 
the UK legal services industry

 acquiring legal teams or firms offering new niche services, 
sector specialism, or an opportunity to enter new geographic 
markets deemed strategic

 acquiring complementary professional services businesses 
(facilitated by the Group’s alternative business structure)

Overview for the year
See Finance Director’s report on pages 32 to 37 for a summary of 
key financial highlights during the year.

Management uses a number of financial and Non-GAAP alternative 
performance measures to assess the performance of the Group 
which are detailed below.

Financial Measures
• 

 Revenue up 13.0% (2021: 10.5%) to £137.2m (2021: £121.4m)

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Profit before tax up 10.4% (2021: 10.5%) to £18.0m  
(2021: £16.3m)

 Profit after tax up 8.3% (2021: 12.2%) to £14.3m  
(2021: £13.2m)

 Operating profit margin 13.8% (2021: 14.4%) – Operating profit 
as a percentage of revenue

 Basic Earnings per share (EPS) up 7.3% (2021: 8.1%) to 12.00p 
(2021: 11.18p)

•  Total dividend declared up 13.3% to 8.5p (2021: 7.5p)

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
• 

 Operating profit before non-underlying charges up 9.8% 
to £22.5m (2021: £20.5m). Operating profit before non-
underlying charges excludes income or expenses that relate to 
amortisation, share based payment charges and non-underlying 
and exceptional items, see reconciliation on page 34. This 
measure is used as it removes the impact of non-cash items 
charged to the income statement, giving a more representative 
view of the Group’s performance for the year. 

• 

• 

 Operating profit margin before non-underlying and exceptional 
charges 16.4% (2021: 16.9%) – Operating profit before non-
underlying and exceptional charges as a percentage of revenue

 Revenue per pound of salary cost £1.59 (2021: £1.57): 
Employees are the driving force behind revenue earned and 
also the largest operating expense within the Group. Therefore, 
this measure is vital in monitoring the ratio between the two. 

38

39

 
 
 
 
Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Principal objectives, strategy and outlook
continued

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Revenue days 113 (2021: 104): This measure expresses year 
end trade receivables (excluding unbilled disbursements and 
expenses) as the number of preceding days’ gross revenue.  
The measure is used to monitor the cash generation and 
working capital cycles of the business with the view to minimise 
the average days taken to collect revenue once it is billed. 

 Utilisation 83% (2021: 88%): Utilisation represents an average 
of the total hours billed as a percentage of total available hours 
for each employee. The measure is used by Management 
to ensure efficient people management across the various 
segments and an early indication of Group activity levels. 

 Gearing ratio 7.8% (2021: 0.0%): This ratio shows the 
proportion of total debt to total equity within the business. 
The business monitors this ratio to ensure that the liquidity and 
funding of the business continues to fall in line with its overall 
strategy to maintain a low level of gearing.

 Net cash £10.4m (2021: £19.6m): Net cash is calculated 
by subtracting the cash balance from the amount of other 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings. The measure is used to 
monitor the level cash and debt within the Group and ensure 
that this remains in line with the adopted business strategy.

Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic EPS was 12.00p (2021: 11.18p). Diluted EPS was 11.71p 
(2021: 11.10p). Adjusted, fully diluted EPS was 14.31p  
(2021: 13.17p).

Cash flow generated and net debt position
Net cash generated from operating activities was £12.3m 
(2021: £25.4m).

The Group’s net cash position as at 30 April 2022 was £10.4m 
(2021: £19.6m).

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors  
likely to affect its future development, performance and position, 
are set out in the Finance Directors review, together with the 
financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position  
and borrowings. Financial projections have been prepared to  
October 2023 which show positive earnings and cash flow 
generation. The COVID-19 situation during the previous financial 
year created an unprecedented and constantly changing challenge 
to all businesses. Management successfully navigated the business 
through the impact of the pandemic on the Group’s financial 
performance. The Group typically applies sensitivities (informed by 
the past experiences of the Group since the onset of the pandemic, 
including the Group’s time recording activity, fee generation and 
cash collections) to any current financial projections based on 
various downside scenarios to illustrate the potential impact  
from a downturn in client activity or any increases in costs.

The Group’s liquidity position has been enhanced during the year 
as the board has worked closely with its supportive banks in order 
to switch its funding line from an uncommitted overdraft facility 
to a three-year revolving credit facility, of which £6m was drawn 
down at 30 April 2022, with committed funding of £30m until 
April 2025. As at 30 April 2022 the Group has net cash of £10.4m 
and continues to sensibly manage cash position within permitted 
covenants relating to its new facility.  

This process included a reverse ‘stress test’ used to inform 
downside testing which identified the break point in the Group’s 
liquidity. Whilst the sensitivities applied do show an expected 
downside impact on the Group’s financial performance in future 
periods, in all scenarios modelled the board have identified the 
appropriate mitigating actions in order for the Group to maintain a 
robust balance sheet and liquidity position. In addition, the board 
have also considered mitigating actions such as lower capital 
expenditure, reductions in personnel and overhead expenditure 
and other short-term cash management activities within the 
Group’s control as part of their assessment of going concern.

The Group expects to be able to operate within the Group’s  
existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future and  
currently demonstrates significant debt capacity headroom  
based on its strong financial performance. Accordingly,  
the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the  
Company and the Group have adequate resources to  
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable  
future and they have adopted the going concern  
basis of accounting in preparing the annual  
Group financial statements.

40

41

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsPrincipal risks and uncertainties 

The board monitors both existing and emerging risks. The operational Risk Committee identifies risks facing the business, recording these in 
the risk register and regularly assesses the status of these risks. Many of the risks faced by the Group are similar to those risks faced by any 
business but those considered to be key risks for the Group are detailed below. Due to the nature of the business and the markets in which 
it operates, many of the risks it faces are ongoing, proving relevant to more than one single year.

Details of Risk

Mitigating Factors

Ongoing Economic impact of COVID-19 pandemic and economic downturn

The Group has proven that it is well positioned to withstand the effects 
of the COVID-19 pandemic and any resultant downturn. This is due to 
the broad-based nature of the Group’s activities; comprising legal and 
non-legal services delivered to a diverse and well spread client base. The 
balance between transactional services and litigation services effectively 
hedges the position of the business. Whilst lockdown restrictions initially 
impacted clients, the ability of clients and the Group to adapt to the home 
working environment has reduced the impact over time.

The Group has demonstrated that it is prepared to take steps to  
preserve the liquidity of the business including cancelling dividends, 
cancelling bonuses, freezing pay and reducing non-essential expenditure. 
The Company remains confident that other mitigating actions are available 
alongside alternative sources of funding should further action be needed. 

In the last financial year, the reduction on efficiency was minimal and 
staff have adapted exceptionally well to home working. Our Learning and 
Development and IT teams have been extremely active in ensuring staff 
are supported in the use of IT and the new ways of working whilst our 
Business Development team have expanded the use of social media and 
webinar platforms to reach out to existing and new clients in order to 
protect against any decline in client activity.

Whilst the COVID-19 pandemic has created an unprecedented and 
constantly changing challenge to all businesses since its onset in the 
UK around March 2020, Gateley has established over that period that 
COVID-19 carries a relatively low risk impact due to the nature of 
the Group’s business model, its work streams and its ability to adapt 
to homeworking. We believe the risks to the Group posed by the 
COVID-19 pandemic are as follows:

Liquidity risk
• 

 Elements of any potential future disruption could impact the 
Group’s ability to convert unbilled time into fees as client activity  
is affected by the pandemic which could slow down collection  
of cash as forecast.

• 

 Slow-down in business development activity may reduce future 
forecast fees and cash flow, however it is likely that this would be 
mitigated by a slow-down in recruitment activity.

Risk of loss of efficiency
• 

  Disruption impacting clients causing delays in concluding ongoing 
work due to change in their working practices

Risk of loss of projected capacity
• 

 Team members being incapacitated or having to care for other 
family members

• 

• 

• 

• 

 The slow-down in recruitment which is likely to be partially offset 
by lower attrition

 Risk in winning and mobilising new projects

 Some clients and sectors slowing down due to further social 
distancing and government restrictions

 Practical challenges in planning and starting projects that have 
historically used physical presence in areas such as Human Capital 
consultancy or land and building inspections.

Risk in IT & security 
• 

 A possible breach of IT security through remote working,  
although significant activity has been undertaken by the  
business over a number of years to mitigate this risk

M  Chance: Medium
L  Impact: Low
=  Change in risk: No change

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Details of Risk

Reputation 

Mitigating Factors

The success of the Group’s business depends on the maintenance 
of good client relationships and its reputation for providing  
high-quality professional services. If a client’s expectations are  
not met, or if the business is involved in litigation or claims relating 
to its performance in a particular matter, the Group’s reputation 
could be significantly damaged. 

The Group constantly endeavours to maintain its reputation as  
a provider of client focused commercial advice and has adopted internal 
management processes and training programmes to support this. Its 
legal services are Lexcel accredited (the SRA’s quality standard). These 
standards are applied across the non-legal parts of the business where 
applicable.

The Group’s reputation could also be damaged through Gateley’s 
involvement (as an adviser or as a litigant) in high-profile or 
unpopular legal proceedings. The Group may incur significant 
reputational and financial harm if such litigation is successful  
or if there is negative press coverage.

The Group regards its brand names, trademarks, domain names, 
trade secrets and similar intellectual property as important to its 
success. Its businesses have been developed with a strong emphasis 
on branding. Should the brand name of Gateley be damaged in 
any way or lose market appeal, the Group’s businesses could be 
adversely impacted. 

New clients and matters go through an internal acceptance process  
that includes a comprehensive risk assessment. This includes 
consideration of potential impact of each engagement on the  
Group’s integrity and reputation. 

While the Group will use all reasonable endeavours to protect its 
intellectual property rights should this be required, it may not be  
able to prevent any unauthorised use or disclosure of its intellectual 
property having an adverse effect on operating, marketing and  
financial performance of the Group. 

M  Chance: Medium 
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change

Operational & IT risk

The Group places significant reliance on its IT systems, any loss of these 
facilities or provisions would have a serious impact on the Group’s 
operations. Due to the nature of this risk no assurances can be given 
that all such risks will be adequately covered by its existing systems.

The Group is in the process of transitioning to a new practice 
management system (“PMS”). With any transition of this nature there 
is a risk to data retention and integrity as well as business continuity. 

M  Chance: Medium 
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change

Cyber risk 

The Group monitors the resilience of its information systems and other 
facilities on an ongoing basis, working with external partners to support 
the delivery of its internal and client facing IT provision. 

The Group has in place a business continuity plan and an IT disaster 
recovery plan that are reviewed as appropriate. 

The Group, and external partners assisting in the development and 
implementation of the new system have undertaken risk assessments and 
have concluded that adequate safeguards are in place to minimise the risk 
of loss or disruption to the business. 

Due to the nature of the Group’s business and its reliance on IT 
platforms, the Group is at risk of cyber-attack. The risk of cyber-
attack continues to increase not just within the legal and other 
professional services sectors but for all businesses operating via the 
internet across the world. The risk to the Group relates primarily to 
the risk of malicious hacking of the Group’s systems with consequent 
risk to client data or of ransom attacks. 

H  Chance: High
H  Impact: High 
=  Change in risk: No change

The Group and the Risk Committee are aware of the increasing cyber 
risk. The risk cannot be avoided as IT systems are fundamental to the 
delivery of the Group’s services. Accordingly, the Group has an ongoing 
programme based on the adoption and continual improvement of IT 
security controls and business procedures to mitigate this risk. 

The Group regularly reviews and tests its security arrangements, for example 
implementing regular third-party penetration tests, in order to identify and 
subsequently address possible weaknesses within the current systems.

In June 2021 the Group experienced a cyber-attack. Fortunately, the 
attack was identified quickly, and significant disruption was avoided. A full 
review of the incident was carried out and enhancements to the Group’s 
IT security arrangements are being and will continue to be implemented as 
part of the Group’s ongoing programme to mitigate this risk.

42

43

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsPrincipal risks and uncertainties 
continued

Details of Risk

Mitigating Factors

Professional liability and uninsured risks

The Group provides professional services, predominantly legal 
advice. Like all providers of professional services, it is susceptible 
to potential liability from negligence, breach of client contract and 
other claims by clients. The professional indemnity insurance held 
by the Group may not be adequate to indemnify the Group for all 
liability that may be incurred (or loss which may be suffered). Any 
liability or legal defence expenses that are not covered by insurance 
or are in excess of the insurance coverage could have a materially 
adverse effect on the Group’s business and financial condition. 

The Group is advised by market leading insurance brokers and the 
Directors believe that it holds comprehensive professional liability 
insurance. Any claims are defended strongly by senior members of the 
business at all stages and external advice is sought where appropriate. 
The Group works hard to ensure its employees provide excellent advice 
and services to its clients, underpinned by quality processes and bespoke 
training programmes. In the opinion of the Directors the Group has a 
good claims history. 

L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 

Employees 

Well trained and experienced employees are essential for the 
delivery of excellent professional services. The market for such 
employees remains competitive and the loss of or failure to recruit 
and retain such employees could impact on the Group’s ability to 
deliver professional services and financial performance. 

A failure to implement effective succession planning throughout the 
business could also adversely affect financial performance.

The geographical spread of management and the development 
of new offices and operations could compromise effective 
communication and responsiveness impacting the Group’s strategic 
goals. 

Recruitment is led by senior members of the business with all professional 
staff being interviewed by partners and senior managers.

Remuneration arrangements include a range of benefits and are 
considered to be highly competitive. 

Employee contracts include appropriate provisions to protect the business 
where possible. A comprehensive training programme is in place for all 
staff providing management, leadership, technical and skills training. 

The board and the boards of the Group companies are responsible for the 
implementation of succession plans for each of the businesses and investment 
continues to be made in the recruitment of appropriate staff where required. 

L  Chance: Medium
M  Impact: High
=  Change in risk: No change 

Use of internal communications systems is continuously reviewed and 
developed to meet staff needs.

The Group has a vision statement which sets out the core values and 
behaviours expected of staff. 

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Details of Risk

Regulatory Compliance

Mitigating Factors

The Directors are in a dialogue with the SRA to minimise such risk and as 
far as they are able, ensure that this particular regulation is made known to 
shareholders. 

Staff are trained and reminded of these duties and file management 
processes are in place to mitigate this risk, but it cannot be removed in 
full. 

The Group, like all businesses, is subject to a range of regulations, for 
example, AIM Rules and the Solicitors Regulation Authority’s (“SRA”) 
Code of Conduct for Firms. Failure to comply with these could have 
significant implications for the business ranging from reputational 
damage to criminal prosecution and sentencing. The Group operates 
in a regulated market which imposes additional regulation, including 
restrictions on holdings of 10% or more under the Legal Services 
Act 2007. This Act dictates that the acquisition by any non-deemed 
approved lawyer of a restricted interest (a shareholding of 10% or 
more) in Gateley Plc, (which is an SRA Licenced Body) without the 
prior consent of the SRA would be treated as a criminal offence. The 
SRA also has the power to force the divestment of any shareholding 
that breaches the rule or revoke the Licenced Body status of Gateley 
Plc which would have a serious effect on the Group. 

The SRA also regulates the use and disclosure of client information. 
The Group is exposed to the risk of employees engaging in 
misconduct, including the improper use or disclosure of confidential 
client information. Employee misconduct could result in considerable 
harm to the Group’s reputation, as well as regulatory sanctions and 
financial damage. 

L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 

Acquisition risk

The Group‘s strategy is for growth, both organically and by 
acquisition. Acquisitions may not always realise the benefits 
expected at the time of completion.

A failure to successfully integrate acquisitions may impact on Group 
profitability.

The availability of viable acquisition opportunities may decrease. 

The Group will consider complementary and earnings enhancing 
acquisitions as part of its overall growth strategy. Acquisitions may not 
always realise the benefits expected at the time of completion. 

Integration plans are formulated as part of the acquisition process and 
executed in anticipation of and following acquisition as appropriate.

The board considers that the recent consolidation within the 
professional services market will continue and that as a result there will 
be continuing availability of businesses for acquisition.

L  Chance: Low
M  Impact: Medium 
=  Change in risk: No change 

Management have considered the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group for the year and not felt the need to add any risks to 
those disclosed last year. Management have removed the risk associated with the impact of ‘Brexit’ due to the broad-based nature of the 
Group’s activities; comprising legal and non-legal services delivered to a diverse and well spread client base.

44

45

 Pictured:  
Gateley’s Risk & 
Compliance team

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsSection 172(1) statement 

Environmental actions statement

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

The Directors consider that they have acted in the way most likely 
to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its members. 

In doing so the Directors have paid regards to key stakeholders and 
other matters set out in s172(1) of the Act when making decisions 
in the year, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

likely consequences of any decisions in the long term;

interests of the Group’s employees;

 need to foster the Group’s business relationships with clients, 
suppliers, and others;

 impact of the Group’s operations on the community  
and environment;

 Group’s reputation for high standards of business  
conduct; and

• 

 need to act fairly as between members of the Group.

Board decision made in the year 

Application of s.172

The disclosures set out below are some examples of how the 
Directors have had regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1)
(a) to (f) when discharging their section 172 duties and the effect 
of that on certain decisions taken by them. More detail on how our 
board operates can be found in the Corporate Governance Report 
at www.gateleyplc.com/investors/investor-relations/aim-rule-26/. 
Illustrations of how section 172 factors have been applied by the 
Board can be found throughout the Strategic Report. For example, 
details of how we have considered the impact of the Company’s 
operations on the environment are set out below. 

Strategy: 
Acquisition of businesses  
during the year 

Strategy:
Dividend 

Governance: 
Board effectiveness

Finance: 
Approval of 2022/23 budget 

The Group has made several acquisitions in the year. During the board’s consideration of each acquisition 
management presented its due diligence findings. The board considered how each acquisition would fit in 
with the culture of the business and the long-term value creation strategy of the wider Group. In each case 
the acquired business demonstrated its alignment with the Gateley ethos and strong potential for growth.

The board has declared an interim dividend of 3.0p per share and proposes a final dividend of 5.5p 
per share. In reaching this decision the board considered all key stakeholders including shareholders, 
employees and creditors. The board determined closing cash reserves to be sufficient to ensure the 
continued ability to meet future employee and creditor liabilities based on the results of FY22. 

The Group evaluates the performance and effectiveness of the board, its Directors and Chair each year 
to ensure the right balance of skills, experience and knowledge is maintained in order for each to perform 
their duties effectively and deliver strong continued growth.

The Group’s business plan is to drive sustainable growth in the long term, which is in the interest of all 
stakeholders. The board has paid close consideration to this objective in establishing and approving the 
FY23 year -end budget. In the current economic climate this has involved close monitoring of the impact 
of economic headwinds on each sector in which the Group operates, ensuring no over reliance on a single 
market or client; ensuring the Group is well placed to continue to deliver a high standard of client service 
through new ways of working; and increasing focus on minimising our environmental impact. 

46

The board believes good environmental practices, such as the recycling of paper 
waste and conservation of energy usage, will support its strategy by enhancing 
the reputation of the Group. 

The Group is committed to minimising its impact on the 
environment. During the year the Group has worked to identify 
and implement a number of initiatives to help reduce future waste 
and emissions. As part of these initiatives the Group has begun the 
process of appointing an Energy Manager to assist the business in the 
creation of an energy-saving action plan and improve the breadth of 
the Groups reporting.

UK energy consumption and Greenhouse  
Gas disclosure
The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulation 2018 requires Gateley (Holdings) Plc to disclose annual 
UK energy consumption and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions 
from SECR regulated sources. Energy and GHG emissions have been 
calculated using previously set guidance from an independent third-
party consultancy.

The data reported is for Gateley Plc. The parent company consumes 
less than 40MWh of energy per year and is, therefore, exempt from 
providing full disclosure in this report. 

Reported energy and GHG emissions data is compliant with SECR 
requirements and has been calculated in accordance with the GHG 
Protocol and SECR guidelines. Energy and GHG emissions are 
reported from buildings and transport where operational control 
is held – this includes electricity, natural gas, and business travel 
in company-owned or grey-fleet vehicles. The table below details 
the regulated SECR energy and GHG emission sources for the 
current reporting period 1 May 2021 to 30 April 2022 and shows a 
comparison against last year 1 May 2020 to 30 April 2021.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to reducing its environmental 
impact and contribution to climate change and has identified an 
Energy Manager to review environmental initiatives as appropriate, 
beginning with the creation of an energy-saving action plan to 
identify areas of the business where energy can be saved. During the 
year the Group has implemented changes including the introduction 
of an extensive paper light initiative contributing to a decrease in 
printing and paper waste; the provision of further recycling bins in 
our offices and a change to energy saving LED lights.

Energy (thousand kWh)

Natural Gas
Electricity
Transport

Total energy (thousand kWh)
Emissions (tCO2e)

Natural Gas
Electricity
Transport 

Total SECR emissions
Intensity metrics
£m turnover
tCO2e per £m of turnover
Average headcount
tCO2e per employee
Square footage (thousand sq.ft)
tCO2e per square foot

2022

1,290
2,555
149
3,994

301
596
35
932

137.2
6.8
1,150
0.8
125
7.5

2021

1,131
2,300
122
3,553

263
536
29
828

121.4
6.4
1,113
0.7
125
6.2

Change

14%
11%
22%
12%

14%
11%
22%
13%

13%
6%
3%
14%
0%
22%

47

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Environmental actions statement 
continued

Social matters

COVID-19 Pandemic
The Group’s ‘normal’ business operations were significantly 
impacted by the COVID - 19 pandemic with the majority of 
employees working from home for the majority of the financial year 
ending 30 April 2021. The Group has recognised the efficiencies 
and benefits of a hybrid working model, allowing employees to 
spread their working week between home and the office. Whilst 
the Group has seen an increase in its energy consumption and 
emissions as a result of the workforce returning to the office in 
the year, the implementation of hybrid working has meant that 
whilst emissions have seen an increase compared to prior year, 
they have not reached pre COVID amounts. This policy has resulted 
in a significant decrease in the Group’s actual emissions, however 
as this does not provide a true comparison of the year-on-year 
changes, the Group have undertaken an analysis of the 2021 
financial year consumption to determine an illustration of the 
emissions should the Group have continued to operate as normal. 

The Group intends to continue its approach to hybrid working 
meaning that future scope 2 emissions are not expected to increase 
with headcount. The finalisation and application of the energy 
saving plan is expected to assist the Group in achieving a further 
reduction in overall scope 2 emissions.

Data records and methodology
Metered kWh consumption taken from supplier or landlord 
invoices is reported where possible. 

Scope 1,2 and 3 consumption and CO2e emission data has been 
calculated in line with the 2019 UK Government environmental 
reporting guidance. The following Emission Factor Databases 
consistent with the 2019 UK Government environmental reporting 
guidance have been used, utilising the current published kWh gross 
calorific value (CV) and kgCO2e emissions factors relevant for 
reporting years ending 30 April 2021 and 30 April:

• 

Database 2020, Version 1.0

Transport emissions have been calculated based on mileage 
expense claim records, applying the average UK split between 
petrol and diesel vehicles to estimate relative fuel usage. Mileage 
per fuel type was converted into equivalent GHGemissions using 
the most recent emissions factors published by BEIS in 2020, 
and then divided by the gross Calorific Value to deduce kWh 
consumption.

48

We believe that running a profitable and growing business, which creates 
jobs and contributes to the economic success of the areas in which it 
operates, is a platform for good corporate social responsibility. 

We have a long-standing commitment to support our staff in 
engaging with their local communities and charities. This social 
awareness is present throughout the business, from our employees 
to our clients, our professional connections and the suppliers we 
work with. Our ongoing contribution through the commitment of 
our people to their local community continues to improve lives and 
build these communities.

Diversity and inclusion
We are an equal opportunities employer and it is our policy to 
ensure that all job applicants and employees are treated fairly and 
on merit regardless of race, sex, marital/civil partnership status, 
age, disability, religious belief, pregnancy, maternity, paternity, 
gender identity or sexual orientation. We have five staff groups 
providing support to staff. 

Sustainability
To deliver strong, sustainable shareholder returns over the  
long-term the operation of a profitable business is a priority 
and that means investing for growth. To achieve this, the Group 
recognises that it needs to operate in a sustainable manner and 
therefore has adopted core principles to its business operations 
which provide a framework for both managing risk and  
maintaining its position as a good ‘corporate citizen’.

Charities and communities
We have a high level of engagement within our local communities. 
Each year, we sponsor business, sports and community awards. 
Our business has benefited greatly from winning numerous awards 
and we feel it’s right to help other businesses reap the rewards of 
such accolades. In addition, we sponsor a variety of local clubs, 
business and sports related events across the country. We believe 
this brings many benefits to the local community and beyond. Our 
staff vote annually to choose a national and local office charity to 
support throughout the year with fund raising activities engaging 
staff, clients and communities in a number of enjoyable events.

Developing our people
The Group continues to create opportunities for staff at all levels of 
the Group. We have a strong track record as an employer of choice 
in the provision of legal graduate traineeships and apprenticeship 
schemes highlighting our motivation to ‘grow our own’. Trainees 
work alongside qualified professionals in completing a period of 
recognised training (often known as a training contract) giving 
individuals supervised experience in legal practice. This is the final 
stage of the process of qualification as a solicitor where they refine 
and develop their professional skills. 

For our non-lawyer employees we offer both internal and external 
routes to qualifications and accreditations within their chosen 
sector and area of expertise.

In order to oversee our people development we have a dedicated 
internal training team on hand with soft skills and professional 
course guidance to enhance staff careers and upskill our staff at all 
levels throughout the year.

 Unity – Unity recognises, celebrates and supports employees 
from all different cultures, religions, backgrounds and those 
with disabilities. Our Unity network Group highlights and 
celebrates events across all our offices to ensure we have an 
environment where all employees have room to breathe and 
feel comfortable bringing their full selves to work.

 Thrive – Our Thrive network group supports the health 
and wellbeing of all employees to promote high levels of 
performance both physically and mentally across the Group. 
The Thrive committee runs a series of events and training 
programmes throughout the year to raise awareness and 
to inspire our people to take care of themselves and those 
around them.

 Inspire – Our Inspire network group has been set up to 
nurture, develop and provide support to all of our talent  
with a particular focus on career milestones and enabling  
our people to carve the careers they want successfully.

 Pride – The Gateley Pride network group provides a 
welcoming, supportive, safe and confidential space for staff 
affected by sexual orientation and gender identity issues to 
share experiences, ideas or concern.

 Ability – Ability is our most recent network set up to provide 
a focus on, and raise awareness of, disabilities to ensure that 
we are providing a welcoming, supportive and confidential 
space for colleagues across the Group to discuss issues of 
disability and to ensure enhanced awareness is reflected in a 
positive, inclusive and fulfilling working environment.

Modern slavery
We are committed to preventing acts of modern slavery and 
human trafficking from occurring within our business and supply 
chain and expect our suppliers to adopt the same high standards. 
As part of our commitment to combating modern slavery, the 
Directors have approved the adoption and implementation of a 
specific modern slavery policy. We expect all of our suppliers to 
adhere to our Anti-Slavery Policy and will not tolerate slavery and 
human trafficking within our supply chains. 

49

 
 
 
 
 
Business Overview
Business Overview

Strategic Report
Strategic Report

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance

Our Financials
Our Financials

Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Social matters
continued

Our slavery and human trafficking statement, made in accordance 
with section 54(1) of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 can be found 
on our website, www.gateleyplc.com.

Anti-bribery policy
We value our reputation for ethical behaviour and upholding 
the utmost integrity and we comply with the FCA’s clients’ best 
interests rule. We recognise that in addition to the criminality of 
bribery and corruption, any such crime would also have an adverse 
effect on our reputation and integrity and we do not tolerate 
bribery and corruption in our business. We limit our exposure to 
bribery and corruption, we ensure all our employees are adequately 
trained and our suppliers are aware of our position, by:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Setting out clear anti-bribery and corruption policies;

 Providing mandatory training to all employees;

 Encouraging our employees to be vigilant and report any 
suspected cases of bribery in accordance with the specified 
procedures; and 

 Escalating and investigating instances of suspected bribery 
and assisting the police or other appropriate authorities in 
their investigations.

Gender pay reporting
The Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations 
2017 requires all employers with 250 or more employees in the 
UK to publish details of their gender pay gap. Its aim is to achieve 
greater transparency about gender pay difference. The analysis is 
based on data as of 5 April of each year and shows the differences 
in the average pay between men and women. The Group has 
submitted its data on gender pay to the Government and published 
these details on our website.

Disabled employees
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always 
fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicant 
concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, 
every effort is made to ensure that their employment within the 
Group continues and that appropriate training is arranged and 
support provided. It is the policy of the Group that the training, 
career development and promotion of disabled persons should, as 
far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.

Employee consultation
The Group places considerable value on the involvement of its 
employees and has continued to keep them informed regularly on 
matters directly affecting them and Group wide developments. This 
is achieved through informal discussions between Management 
and other employees at a local level after board meetings which 
are held across our office network, in annual briefing presentations 

to each office location and through the formation of committees 
and boards at different levels across the Group together with 
an active social events calendar. The Group further encourages 
employee involvement in the performance of the business through 
participation in share schemes, including the SAYE and CSOPs 
schemes. Our internal digital communication platform, refreshed 
in 2020, is now a hub of activity and communication across the 
Group and used extensively for social interaction as well as internal 
training, policy updates, cross selling activity and recognition of 
recent successes from around the Group.

Political donations
The Group made no political donations in the year (2021: £nil).

Approval
The strategic report contains certain forward-looking statements, 
which are made by the Directors in good faith based on the 
information available to them at the time of their approval of 
this annual report. Statements contained within the strategic 
report should be treated with some caution due to the inherent 
uncertainties (including but not limited to those arising from 
economic, regulatory and business risk factors) underlying any 
such forward-looking statements. The strategic report has been 
prepared by Gateley (Holdings) Plc to provide information to its 
shareholders and should not be relied upon for any other purpose. 

Pages 20 to 51 constitute the strategic report, which has been 
approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Smith
Finance Director

12 September 2022

50

51

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Corporate
governance

In this section

Board of Directors  

Report on remuneration: voluntary disclosure 

Directors’ report 

54

56

63

52

53

Board of Directors

Details of the Directors’, their roles and their backgrounds are as follows:

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Peter Davies
Chief Operating Officer 
(resigned 30 April 2022)
aged 64

Peter has over 30 years’ experience 
as a dispute resolution lawyer. He 
has considerable experience in 
construction disputes, acting for 
developers, contractors, sub-
contractors and construction 
professionals.

More recently he has concentrated 
on providing advice to the Group’s 
house-builder clients. He is a 
member of the Law Society and 
a CEDR accredited mediator. He 
was involved in the management 
of Gateley LLP for over 20 years. 
He sits on the Strategic Board and 
Chairs the Operations Board.

Nigel Payne
Non-Executive Chairman

Rod Waldie
Chief Executive Officer

aged 62

aged 54

Nigel has extensive experience of 
listing companies, fund raising on 
the public markets and acting as 
either the Non-Executive Chairman 
or Non-Executive Director of public 
companies and as a Director of private 
companies. In addition to his Gateley 
responsibilities as Chairman, Nigel is 
also the Non-Executive Chairman of 
Green Man Gaming (Holdings) plc and 
Main Market listed Braemar Shipping 
Services Plc. and a Non- Executive 
Director of JSE listed Sun International 
Limited, AIM listed GetBusy plc, Ascot 
Racecourse Betting and Gaming 
Limited and Kwalee Limited.

Previously Nigel was the CEO of 
Sportingbet plc, one of the world’s 
largest internet gaming companies. 
Nigel has also previously been the 
Non-Executive Chairman of AIM 
quoted EG Solutions plc, the Non-
Executive Chairman of AIM quoted 
Stride Gaming Plc, the Non-Executive 
Chairman of AIM quoted Hangar8 
Plc, the Non-Executive Chairman of 
AIM quoted ECSC plc and a Non-
Executive Director of AIM quoted 
Gama Aviation Plc.

Rod was appointed to the position 
of Chief Executive Officer on 1 May 
2020. He has been a key member 
of the Group’s Strategic Board 
since joining the business via the 
acquisition of the Manchester office 
of Halliwells LLP in 2010. Prior to 
his appointment as Chief Executive 
Officer, Rod was the Senior Office 
Partner of the Manchester office 
and led the Group’s national 
property services team. He has 
been involved in the successful 
integration of a number of Gateley’s 
post IPO acquisitions.

Rod has over 25 years’ experience 
as a real estate lawyer. He has 
considerable experience in real 
estate investment acquisitions, 
and disposals, estate management, 
development and landlord and 
tenant. Clients include off-shore 
investors, on-shore real estate 
companies and developers, 
real estate asset management 
companies, high net-worth 
individuals, retail and leisure 
operators and specialist providers of 
supported living accommodation.

Neil Smith
Finance Director and Company Secretary

aged 46

Neil has more than 25 years’ 
experience working in the 
accountancy profession where he 
specialised in the professional services 
industry. Initially, Neil spent 14 years 
at a major accounting practice where 
he gained considerable experience 
of auditing and advising a wide range 
of privately owned and publicly listed 
businesses across many sectors. 
He joined Gateley LLP in 2008, was 
appointed as Finance Director in 2011 
and became the first non-lawyer to be 
appointed as Partner within Gateley 
LLP following its successful application 
to become an Alternative Business 
Structure in January 2014. Neil 
was a member of the Management 
team on Gateley LLP’s acquisition of 
the commercial law business from 
Halliwells LLP in 2010 and, following 
his involvement in Gateley (Holdings) 
Plc’s admission to AIM, was appointed 
to the Plc Board in 2015. As well as 
Company Secretary for the Group he 
is also the Group’s Compliance Officer 
for Finance and Administration 
(“COFA”) and a fellow of the 
Association of Certified Chartered 
Accountants.

Victoria Garrad
Chief Operating Officer Elect 
(appointed 1 May 2022)
aged 48

Victoria was appointed to the 
board as COO elect on 1 May 
2022. She is an award winning 
employment lawyer with over 24 
years’ experience undertaking a 
mix of contentious and non-
contentious work. 

Having joined the business in 1996 
as a trainee solicitor, Victoria was 
promoted to partner in the legal 
services employment team in 
2005. She has been a member of 
the Operations Board since 2011 
and was appointed to the Strategic 
Board on 1 May 2017 to undertake 
the Group HRD role.

Suzanne Thompson Michael Ward
Non-Executive Director 

Executive Director

Joanne Lake
Non-Executive Director

aged 54

aged 63

aged 58

Mike (Michael) has over 30 years’ 
experience as a corporate lawyer, 
advising private and public companies, 
management teams and private 
investors. He joined Gateley in 1987 
and has been instrumental in the 
development of Gateley. He was 
Senior Partner from 2001 to 2015 
when he became CEO. Mike is a 
former President and Treasurer of the 
Birmingham Law Society and a former 
President of the Greater Birmingham 
Chamber of Commerce.

Joanne has over 30 years’ 
experience in financial and 
professional services; in investment 
banking with firms including 
Panmure Gordon, Evolution 
Securities and Williams de Broe 
and in audit and business advisory 
services with Price Waterhouse.

Joanne is Senior Independent 
Director of Main Market-listed land 
promotion, property development 
and construction group, Henry 
Boot Plc and is Non-Executive 
Chair of Aim-quoted Made Tech 
plc, a provider of digital, data and 
technology services to the UK public 
sector; Honeycomb Investment 
Trust Plc and Braemar Shipping 
Services plc. Joanne is also a 
Fellow of the Chartered Institute 
for Securities & Investment and of 
the ICAEW, and is a member of the 
ICAEW’s corporate finance faculty.

Suki (Suzanne) is an entrepreneur 
and transformational business 
leader. Founder and Chief Executive 
Officer of Let’s Reset, she specialises 
in cultural change and marketing 
transformation, pioneering new 
performance based wellbeing 
programmes linked to commercial 
outcomes and new ways of working, 
post COVID-19. Suki has advised 
80% of the FTSE 250, leading global 
communications networks and 
technology groups. Centaur Media 
acquired her previous marketing 
consultancy, Oystercatchers in 
September 2016 and she remains 
Chair of the business and Exec Director 
of the Xeim Group. Suki is also Non-
Executive Director of AIM-quoted retail 
group, Unbound Group Plc. Suki was 
a Board Trustee of Macmillan Cancer 
Support and is an Addidi Angel Investor 
for Small Businesses. She is a long 
standing member of WACL, MGGB and 
AllBright. Suki also holds an honorary 
Doctorate from Coventry University 
for services to Entrepreneurship 
and International Business. She was 
awarded Small Business Entrepreneur 
of the Year and is the Author of Let’s 
Reset and Creative Influence.

Committees & Boards:  N R

A H

Committees & Boards:  N

H

S

Committees & Boards:  H

S

O

Committees & Boards:  H

S

O

Committees & Boards:  R A

N H

Committees & Boards: 

H

Committees & Boards:  A

N R H

Committees & Boards:  H

S

O

Committee Key:  N  

Nomination    R  

Remuneration    A  

Audit & Risk       Board Key:   H  

Gateley (Plc) Holdings    S  

Strategic    O  

Operations

54

55

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Introduction of a Restricted Share Award Plan
Following the uncertainty and difficult trading conditions created 
by the COVID-19 pandemic during FY21, the Group refocused on 
growth and the attraction, incentivisation and retention of talent 
during FY22. 

As part of this, a Restricted Share Award Plan (“RSA”) has been 
introduced, to support long-term share ownership for employees 
who are promoted to partner or partner-equivalent roles and to 
foster stewardship amongst this cohort.

Executive Directors currently participate in the Group’s 
performance based LTIP and are not eligible to participate in the 
RSA. N Smith was granted an LTIP award on 27 April 2022 and 
details are set out on page 61.

More generally, the board is committed to providing its people with 
the opportunity to own shares in the Company and continues to 
grant awards under the Save As You Earn scheme and the Company 
Share Option Plan. At least 75% of current staff are existing share 
or option holders in the Group. 

Review of Executive Director remuneration for 
Executive Directors and Senior Management
Since IPO, the committee has been implementing a strategy of 
gradually aligning the remuneration for the Group’s Executive 
Directors to market rates. Whilst progress has been made, it is 
acknowledged that the remuneration for the Executive Directors 
remains broadly below market rate for similar roles in similar 
sized AIM listed businesses. With this in mind, and in light of 
recent succession Plc Board changes (as announced on 3 May 
2022), during FY23 the committee will comprehensively review 
the remuneration levels for Executive Directors, as well as the 
incentive arrangements in place for Executive Directors and the 
broader senior management population undertake a remuneration 
benchmarking exercise. With a view to ensuring that the Executive 
Directors remuneration with effect from FY24 is aligned with 
market rates and the incentive arrangements in place continue to 
support our core reward principles, in order to retain the right 
skill set and experience within our leadership team to deliver the 
Group’s strategic objectives.

I hope that you find the remainder of this report helpful and 
informative and I look forward to receiving feedback from you on 
the information presented.

Suki Thompson
Remuneration Committee Chair

Statement on remuneration:
voluntary disclosure

Dear shareholders, 
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial 
year ended 30 April 2022. This letter introduces the report, outlines the major 
decisions on Directors’ remuneration during the year and importantly explains 
the context in which these decisions have been taken. 

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and our policy and disclosures on Directors’ 
remuneration are intended to reflect this approach. We welcome 
shareholder feedback on these matters and this Directors’ 
Remuneration report will be put to an advisory vote at the 
forthcoming 2022 AGM.

Key reward principles
Remuneration at Gateley for executives and the wider workforce  
is guided by the following principles:

• 

• 

• 

 Support an effective pay for performance culture which 
enables the Group to attract, retain and motivate the very 
best talent, without paying excessively

 Support the delivery of the business strategy and promote 
long term sustainable performance, whilst ensuring that 
performance related pay does not encourage individuals  
to operate outside of the Group’s risk appetite

 Reward outcomes should fairly reflect Group and  
personal performance and take into account the  
experience of shareholders

Bonus outcome for FY22 
The Group continued to perform well throughout FY22, delivering 
strong growth in revenue and adjusted PBT ahead of consensus 
market expectations. 

The continued hard work, dedication and loyalty from employees 
during the year has been paramount to the Group’s performance. 
The committee therefore considered it appropriate to award 
bonuses to employees in respect of FY22. This included awarding 
bonuses under the merit pool, in which the Executive Directors 
participate. The amounts paid are set out on page 61.

Suki Thompson
Remuneration Committee Chair

56

57

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Report on remuneration:
voluntary disclosure

This report is for the year ended 30 April 2022. It sets out the detailed 
remuneration for the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company.  
As an AIM-quoted company, the information is disclosed to fulfil the 
requirements of AIM Rule 19. 

Remuneration policy
The remuneration policy is designed to support an effective pay-for-performance culture which enables the Group to attract, retain and motivate 
Executive Directors and senior management with the necessary experience and expertise to deliver the Group’s objectives and strategy.

The table below summarises the key elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package.

Element, purpose and operation

Opportunity and performance measures

Activities during the year
The main activities undertaken by the committee during  
the year included: -

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Determining incentive outcomes for the Executive Directors 
for FY22;

 Determining salary increases for the Executive Directors  
for FY23;

 Granting awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan to 
certain Executive Directors and senior management;

 Implementation of the RSA and granting awards under the 
RSA to certain senior management.

Gateley (Holdings) Plc is not required to comply with the Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013, however the board believes this 
disclosure is key to the readers understanding of the business. The 
information is unaudited except where stated.

This report sets out:

• 

• 

• 

a description of how the committee operates. 

 a summary of the Directors’ remuneration policy – setting out 
the parameters within which the remuneration arrangements 
for Directors operate; and

 details of the remuneration paid to the Directors for the year 
under review.

The committee 
The committee is appointed by the board and is formed entirely 
of Non-Executive Directors. The committee is chaired by Suzanne 
(Suki) Thompson. Other members of the committee are Nigel 
Payne and Joanne Lake. 

The committee meets formally at least twice a year and 
has responsibility for setting the Group’s general policy on 
remuneration and also specific packages for individual Directors 
including those that comprise the Strategic Board. The committee 
is also responsible for structuring Non-Executive Director pay, 
which is subject to approval of all independent Directors and 
oversight from the Plc Board including the Executive Directors. 
The committee receives internal advice from Executive Directors 
and external advice from remuneration consultants where 
necessary. The committee also makes recommendations to the 
board concerning the allocation of long-term incentive awards 
to senior management. The committee’s terms of reference are 
available for public inspection on request.

Other members of the Board of Directors are invited to attend 
meetings when appropriate, but no Director is present when his  
or her remuneration is discussed. 

Deloitte LLP continues to act as advisors to the committee. 
Deloitte LLP is a founding member of the Remuneration 
Consultants Group and voluntarily operates under the Code  
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting  
in the UK.

Base salary

Reviewed on an annual basis with any increases normally becoming 
effective from the start of the financial year.

Bonus

Designed to align participants’ interests with shareholders and  
to incentivise participants to perform at the highest levels.

The bonus comprises a merit pool and a performance pool. 

All Executive Directors participate in the merit pool. NA Smith  
also participates in the performance pool.

It is proposed that appropriate salary increases will be awarded 
to provide alignment with the market over time and so that levels 
reflect the responsibilities of the role and the skills and experience 
of the individual. 

Merit pool
Each year, a pre-agreed percentage of pre-tax profits is allocated  
to the merit pool. The merit pool is distributed to participants 
based on their individual performance during the year.

Performance pool
A fixed sum is allocated to the performance pool in circumstances 
where the Group exceeds budgeted performance. If the pool 
operates the pool is distributed to participants based on their role, 
responsibility and contribution to the long-term business strategy.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Designed to incentivise participants to perform at the highest levels, 
and to deliver genuine performance related pay, with clear line of sight 
and direct alignment with shareholder interests.

Awards will normally be granted annually to participants. Each year, 
the committee will agree the number of shares under option for 
each participant.

Executive Directors and selected senior employees will participate in 
the LTIP as determined by the Strategic Board and approved by the 
committee.

Awards will be granted in the form of nil-cost or nominal-cost  
share options. Vesting of awards is dependent on the achievement  
of performance measures set by the committee, normally over a 
three-year performance period. 

Awards will vest following the end of the performance period once  
the committee has ratified the outcome of the performance measures 
and will be exercisable for six months following the vesting date.

The committee has the right to apply malus provisions to reduce, 
cancel or impose further conditions on unvested awards in  
specified circumstances.

Pension and benefits

Pension and benefits

Performance measures are selected that reflect underlying  
business performance as outlined on page 61.

The Executive Directors have chosen not to participate in a company 
funded pension scheme nor receive a cash allowance in lieu thereof.

The Executive Directors do not receive any form of taxable benefits 
other than private health scheme benefits.

58

59

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsReport on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
continued

Orderly market agreement
The Group operates a five-year orderly market agreement (the 
“Agreement”) with its Partners (the “Locked-in Shareholders”) 
which, inter alia, places certain restrictions on the sale of ordinary 
shares in the Company (“Ordinary Shares”).

The Agreement became effective on 8 June 2021 following the 
expiry of the previous lock-in arrangements, which were put in 
place at the time of the Company’s admission to AIM in June 2015 
(the “Admission”).

Pursuant to the Agreement, each Locked-in Shareholder and his/
her associates, which include their spouse and children under the 
age of 18 to whom any Ordinary Shares have been transferred 
(“Associates”), that held Ordinary Shares as at Admission are 
restricted to selling a maximum of 10% per annum of the aggregate 
number of the Ordinary Shares that they held on Admission for a 
period of five years from 8 June 2021. 

Policy for the remuneration of employees  
more generally
The key principles of the remuneration policy for Executive 
Directors also apply to employees more generally. In particular, 
senior employees may participate in the merit bonus pool, 
performance bonus pool, RSA and LTIP, depending on their role 
and responsibilities and contribution to the business. 

The Company also supports and encourages share ownership 
for all employees through the all employee Save As You Earn 
(SAYE) scheme and the Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). In 
owning shares, employees are directly aligned with the interests of 
shareholders and are able to participate in the dividend income that 
share ownership provides. 48.3% (2021: 46.5%) of the Group’s 
issued share capital was held by employees as at 30 April 2022.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees
The Chairman of the board and the other Non-Executive Directors 
receive an annual fee for their services, reflective of their level 
of responsibility, relevant experience and specialist knowledge. 
Non-Executive Directors are also reimbursed for appropriate travel 
expenses to and from board meetings.

Together with the Executive, the committee also examines the time 
that the Non-Executive Directors commit to the business ensuring 
that each Non-Executive has sufficient time to carry out their 
duties in light of their other business commitments. This exercise 
concluded that all of the Non-Executives have available and apply 
sufficient time to discharge their duties. 

Executive Directors’ service agreements and 
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
The Executive Directors entered into service agreements on 1 June 
2015. The service agreements provide that their employment with 
the Company is on a rolling basis, subject to written notice being 
served by either party of not less than six months. The service 
agreements contain provisions for early termination in the event of a 
breach of a material term of the service agreement by the Executive 
Director or where the Executive Director ceases to be a Director of 
the Company for any reason. The service agreements also contain 
restrictive covenants for a period of 12 months following termination 
of employment. No bonus is payable to the Executive Director if 
their employment terminates for any reason or they are under notice 
of termination (whether given by the Company or the Executive 
Director) at or prior to the date when the bonus is paid. All bonuses 
are payable within six months of the financial year end.

The Non-Executive Directors serve under letters of appointment. 
Nigel Payne and Joanne Lake were originally appointed on 8 June 
2015 and both were re-appointed for a third three-year term which 
commenced on 1 October 2021. Suzanne (Suki) Thompson was 
originally appointed on 27 September 2017 and was re-appointed on 
30 October 2020 for a second three-year term. The notice period 
required in the letters of appointment for either party to terminate 
the appointment is at least three months. Each agreement also 
contains provisions for early termination in the event of a serious or 
repeated breach of the agreement by the Non-Executive Director 
or where the Non-Executive Director ceases to be a Director of the 
Company for any reason.

60

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year 
The following table represents the Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 30 April 2022 and 30 April 2021:

Nigel Terrence Payne
Joanne Carolyn Lake
Suzanne Francis Alison Thompson 
Roderick Richard Waldie
Michael James Ward**
Peter Gareth Davies***
Neil Andrew Smith

Salaries 
and fees 
£’000
56
42
42
300
144
180 
225
989

Bonus 
£’000
-
-
-
212
45
112
112
481

Share 
options 
£’000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Total  
2022  
£’000
56
42
42
512
189
292
337
1,470

Salaries 
and fees 
£’000
40
36
36
260*

162
225
190
949

Bonus 
£’000

-
-
-
139
116
113
112
480

Share 
options** 
£’000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Total  
2021  
£’000
40
36
36
399
278
338
302
1,429

1.   As disclosed in the FY21 report on remuneration, the committee agreed to increase RR Waldie’s salary from £180,000 to £260,000 on his appointment as CEO (1 May 2020). 
RR Waldie waived his contractual entitlement to the increase for FY21 and remained on a salary of £180,000. This was consistent with the “one team approach” of a pay freeze 
implemented across the business as part of a series of prudent cost and cash management measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Had he not waived his contractual 
entitlement to the increase, RR Waldie’s total remuneration for FY21 would have been £399,000. In real terms RR Waldie received £319,000.

2.   MJ Ward’s salary was reduced from a full time equivalent of £260,000 to £180,000 with effect from 1 May 2021 following him stepping down as CEO. MJ Ward was contracted 

to work 4 days per week with effect from 1 November 2021 and has continued throughout FY22 to work 4 days per week.

3.  PG Davies was contracted to work 4 days per week with effect from 1 May 2022. With effect from 1 May 2022 PG Davies was contracted to work 5 days per week.

Salary and fee increases for FY23
Details of FY22 salary and fee increases are set out in the FY21 
report on remuneration.

Long term incentives granted during the year
Awards were granted to certain Executive Directors and selected 
senior employees under the LTIP on 27 April 2022.

The committee agreed to increase RR Waldie’s salary by 7.5% with 
effect from 1 May 2022 to £322,500. NA Smith’s and PG Davies 
salaries increased by 6.6% with effect from 1 May 2022 to £240,000. 
MJ Ward’s salary increased by 5.6%, to a full time equivalent of 
£190,000. The committee took into consideration salary increases 
for the wider workforce when determining the Executive Directors’ 
salary increases; the average increase for the wider workforce 
exceeded 7.5%. 

With regard to Non-Executive Directors, NT Payne’s annual fee 
increased to £72,000 with effect from 1 May 2022 and both JC 
Lake and SFA Thompson’s annual fees increased to £48,000. These 
fee increases were considered appropriate reflecting the time 
commitment required in order for the Non-Executives to effectively 
carry out their duties.

Bonus outcome for the year 
The Group continued to perform well throughout FY22, delivering 
strong growth in revenue and adjusted PBT ahead of consensus 
market expectations. Key performance highlights are set out on 
page 4. 

The continued hard work, dedication and loyalty from employees 
during the year has been paramount to the Group’s performance. 
The committee therefore considered it appropriate to award 
bonuses to employees in respect of FY22. This included awarding 
bonuses under the merit pool, in which the Executive Directors 
participate. No bonuses were awarded under the performance pool. 

The awards are subject to an adjusted fully diluted earnings per 
share performance measure as described in the table below. The 
targets are considered appropriately stretching taking into account 
internal forecasts and the current economic environment.

Adjusted, fully diluted earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth 
Rate (CAGR) over the three-year period ending 30 April 2025

Below 5%
5%
Between 5% and 10%
Above 10%

Amount Vesting %
0%
25%
Straight line vesting
100%

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share is calculated based on Profit 
of the Group for the relevant financial year before interest and tax 
adjusted to exclude the effect of:

• 

• 

 cost of amortisation and any impairment review of intangible 
assets and goodwill

 cost of IFRS 2 share-based payment charges relating to all  
share schemes

•  cost and/or income from exceptional items

• 

the tax impact of adjustments above

LTIP awards granted on 27 April 2022 to NA Smith totalled 25,000 (with 
a face value at grant equal to £55,000 or circa 25% of salary, based on 
the mid-market closing share on the dealing day prior to grant (£2.20)). 
No awards were granted to MJ Ward, PG Davies or RR Waldie as they are 
deemed to be sufficiently incentivised by their existing shareholding.

61

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsReport on remuneration: voluntary disclosure
continued

Directors’ report

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Directors’ Interests
Directors’ shareholdings at the year end were as follows:

Nigel Terrence Payne

Joanne Carolyn Lake

Suzanne Francis Allison Thompson

Roderick Richard Waldie

Michael James Ward

Peter Gareth Davies

Neil Andrew Smith

At 30 April 2022

10p ordinary shares

At 30 April 2021

10p ordinary shares

Number of shares Percentage Holding

Number of shares Percentage Holding

70,942

26,300

10,000

1,275,670

1,990,000  

1,983,357  

362,537

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

1.02%

1.60%

1.59%

0.29%

70,918

26,300

10,000

1,380,670

2,216,754

2,215,739

383,313

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

1.17%

1.88%

1.88%

0.33%

The following Directors held share options under the LTIP Scheme as at 30 April 2022:

Number of shares at  
30 April 2022

Date of grant

Exercise price 

Earliest exercise date

Neil Andrew Smith

Neil Andrew Smith

15,974

25,000

22 July 2020

27 April 2022

£nil

£nil

22 July 2023

22 April 2025

The Directors present their annual report and the audited financial 
statements for the year ended 30 April 2022.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the year were the 
provision of commercial legal services together with complementary 
consultancy services including acting as independent trustees to 
pension schemes, the provision of specialist tax incentive advice, the 
supply of specialist property consultancy services and the supply of 
specialist human capital management.

Business review
The results of Gateley (Holdings) Plc for the year are set out in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive 
income on page 75.

A review of the business, results and dividends, and likely future 
developments of the company are contained in the Chief Executive 
Officer’s review on pages 24 to 29 and the Finance Director’s 
review on pages 32 to 37. The Group’s key performance indicators 
(KPIs) are set out on page 39. The strategic report, which includes 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group, is set out on pages 20 to 51.

Employee share trust
The Gateley Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) was established to 
facilitate the issue of the equity shares of Gateley (Holdings) Plc to 
Group employees under share-based payment arrangements. 

During the year ended 30 April 2022 the EBT purchased 187,033 
shares in the company (2021: 222,724) at a cost of £75,854 
(2021: £288,003). 

Dividends
The Directors propose to recommend a final dividend of 
£6,850,800 (2021: £5,896,051), being 5.5p (2021: 5.0p) per 
share, be paid, giving a total dividend for the year of 8.5p (2021: 
7.5p). The final dividend has not been included within creditors as 
it was not approved before the year end.

During the period the board became aware of a technical issue in 
respect of a number of historic dividends paid by the Company. 
Details are included in Note 12 to the consolidated financial 
statements. A circular will be sent to shareholders shortly and will 
be available on the Company’s website at www.gateleyplc.com/
investors/investor-relations

The Directors and their interests in the shares of the parent company

Nigel Terrence Payne

Joanne Carolyn Lake

Suzanne Francis Alison Thompson 

Roderick Richard Waldie

Michael James Ward

Peter Gareth Davies

Neil Andrew Smith

10p ordinary shares

10p ordinary shares

Number of 
shares
2022

Percentage 
Holding
2022

Number of 
shares
2021

Percentage 
Holding
2021

70,942

26,300

10,000

1,275,670

1,990,000

1,983,357

362,537

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

1.02%

1.60%

1.59%

0.29%

70,918

26,300

10,000

1,380,670

2,216,754

2,215,739

383,313

0.06%

0.02%

0.01%

1.17%

1.88%

1.88%

0.33%

Substantial shareholdings
The Company was notified that the following were interested in 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 July 2022:

Name

Liontrust Asset Management

BMO Global Asset Management (UK)

Premier Miton Investors

Unicorn Asset Management

Number of 
ordinary shares

% of issued  
share capital

14,040,039

6,443,461

5,251,662

4,931,194

11.27%

5.17%

4.22%

3.96%

62

63

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Directors’ report
continued

Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group uses various financial instruments including cash, trade 
debtors and trade creditors. It is the Group’s policy not to enter 
into complex financial instruments. Such instruments give rise to 
liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign exchange 
risk. More detail on financial instruments is given in note 27 to the 
financial statements.

Directors’ professional indemnity insurance
All Directors and Officers of the Company have the benefit of 
the indemnity provision contained in the Company’s Articles 
of Association. The provision, which is a qualifying third-party 
indemnity provision, was in force throughout the last two financial 
years and is currently still in force. The Group also purchased and 
maintained throughout the financial period Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself and its Directors and Officers, 
although no cover exists in the event Directors or Officers are 
found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic Report 
and Directors’ Report and the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial  
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have to prepare the financial statements in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards. Under company law 
the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state  
of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that 
period. In preparing these financial statements, the Directors  
are required to:

 select suitable accounting policies and then apply  
them consistently;

 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 
and prudent;

 state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting 
standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis  
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

64

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

Disclosure of information to auditor
The Directors confirm that: 

• 

• 

 so far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

 the Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as Directors in order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity  
of the corporate and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Employees
Details of how the Group’s policy and approaches to employee 
engagement, diversity and inclusion and disabled employees can  
be found in the strategic report. 

Engaging with stakeholders
The Directors have identified the key stakeholders of the business 
and documented their engagement with these groups throughout 
the year along with how they have been considered in the making  
of key decisions within the year. 

The Group conducts regular client surveys to better understand 
and improve the clients’ experience and service received. 

We seek to build strong, long-term relationships with our suppliers 
working alongside them as business partners for the benefit of all. 

The Group works closely with its advisors to ensure it operates in 
accordance with the market regulations.

The CEO and FD, have regular meetings with the Group’s 
Relationship Manager at the Solicitors Regulatory Authority  
(SRA), the organisation that oversees the regulation of the  
legal services sector.

Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 
Under The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Director’s 
Report) Regulation 2018, Gateley (Holdings) Plc have disclosed 
their annual UK energy consumption within the Strategic Report. 

Corporate Governance Statement
Since September 2018 all AIM companies have been required to 
set out details of a recognised corporate governance code that the 
Board of Directors has chosen to apply, how they comply with that 
code, and where it departs from its chosen corporate governance 
code an explanation for doing so.

The board adopted the Quoted Companies Alliance (‘QCA’) Code. 
The Group’s application of this code is detailed in the Corporate 
Governance Statement as detailed on the Group’s website at 
www.gateleyplc.com/investors/investor-relations/aim-rule-26/. As 
required under AIM Rule 26, the information in this statement is 
updated annually. 

Future developments
The board plans to continue to drive growth within the existing 
business and through acquisitions within both the legal and  
non-legal sectors, supporting this with further investment in 
technology and recruitment of quality personnel. 

Subsequent events 
There were no subsequent events to report.

Auditor
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006,  
a resolution In accordance with section 489 of the Companies 
Act 2006, a resolution for the re-appointment of MHA MacIntyre 
Hudson as auditor of the Company is to be proposed at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

By order of the board.

Rod Waldie 
Chief Executive Officer

12 September 2022

One Eleven Edmund Street 
Birmingham 
West Midlands 
B3 2HJ

65
65

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements
Annual report and financial statements

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Financial
statements

In this section

Independent auditors’ report to the members  
of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. 

Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other  
comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of financial position  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated cash flow statement  

Notes to the consolidated financial statements  

Parent company statement of financial position     

Parent company statement of changes in equity  

Parent company cash flow statement  

Parent Company notes to the financial statement  

Notice of Annual General Meeting  

Company information  

68

75

76

78

79 

81

121

122

123

124

136

147

66

67

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report 
to the members of Gateley (Holdings) plc

For the purpose of this report, the terms “we” and “our” denote MHA MacIntyre Hudson in relation to UK legal, professional and regulatory 
responsibilities and reporting obligations to the members of Gateley (Holdings) plc. For the purposes of the table on pages 54 to 55 
that sets out the key audit matters and how our audit addressed the key audit matters, the terms “we” and “our” refer to MHA MacIntyre 
Hudson. The Group financial statements, as defined below, consolidate the accounts of Gateley (Holdings) plc and its subsidiaries (the 
“Group”). The “Parent Company” is defined as Gateley (Holdings) plc. The relevant legislation governing the Parent Company is the United 
Kingdom Companies Act 2006 (“Companies Act 2006”). 

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Gateley (Holdings) plc for the year ended 30 April 2022.

The financial statements that we have audited comprise:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 30 April 2022;

the consolidated statement of financial position for the year then ended;

the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

the consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended;

Notes 1 to 31 of the consolidated financial statements, including the accounting policies.

the Parent Company statement of financial position for the year ended 30 April 2022;

the Parent Company statement of changes in equity;

the Parent Company cash flow statement;

Notes 1 to 14 of the Parent Company financial statements, including the accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted International Accounting 
Standards. 

In our opinion the financial statements:

• 

• 

• 

 give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2022 and the Group’s profit 
for the year then ended;

have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards; and

have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
those requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation 
of the financial statements is appropriate. 

Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the entity’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

The consideration of inherent risks to the company’s operations and specifically its business model.

The evaluation of how those risks might impact on the company’s available financial resources.

An examination of budgets and forecasts and their basis of preparation.

• 

• 

• 

68

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

• 

 Liquidity considerations including examination of cash flow projections, considering sensitivities to the underlying assumptions on 
profitability and cash lock up, which drives the cash flow projections.

• 

 Consideration of the funding facilities available to the Group and the market attitude to lending in the legal sector.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report.

Overview of our audit approach

Materiality

Group

Parent

2022

£950k

£460k

Key audit matters

2021

£800k

£380k

Group

Scope

5% (2021: 5%) of underlying profit before tax and exceptional items

1% (2021: 1%) of gross assets

• 

 Accuracy and valuation of unbilled 
revenue

• 

Existence/cut off of billed revenue

Our audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, 
including the Group’s system of internal control, and assessing the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management 
override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the 
directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

We undertook full scope audits on the complete financial information of 2 components. 
For the remaining 17 components we performed a mixture of specified audit procedures 
and analytical procedures.

69

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report 
continued

Key Audit Matters
Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those matters which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources 
in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – valuation of unbilled revenue

Revenue (in respect of client matters) is recognised in 
accordance with IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’.

Under ISA (UK) 240, there is a rebuttable presumed risk that 
revenue may be misstated due to fraud arising from the improper 
recognition of revenue.

There is judgement in the calculation of accrued income in 
terms of the recoverability of the time recorded. In addition, the 
uncertainties in the economy as a result of the war in Ukraine, 
high inflation and the increased cost of living may mean that the 
existing recovery rate used for the purposes of valuing unbilled 
revenue may no longer be appropriate.

Contingent work in progress may be included in the year-end 
valuation of accrued revenue, when the contingent event has 
not occurred and therefore the revenue has not been earned in 
accordance with the requirements of IFRS 15.

We evaluated the Group’s accounting policies for recognition of 
revenue for appropriateness in accordance with requirements 
of the financial reporting framework, including IFRS 15 ‘Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers’, and checked this has been 
appropriately applied.

We agreed, on a sample basis, client engagement terms to ensure 
client matters are classified correctly between contingent and 
non-contingent and also to support the existence of revenue 
recognised in the period.

We evaluated management’s assessment, in accordance with the 
requirements of IFRS 15, that it is not probable that client matters 
classified as contingent at the year end, and valued at nil, will result 
in revenue being incorrectly recognised, including, but not limited 
to, testing billings post year end.

For unbilled revenue recognised in the year we tested on a 
sample basis that entitlement to revenue had been obtained 
through proof of service being carried out and that time had been 
recorded pre year end confirming that the matter is live, and that 
unbilled revenue is recoverable.

We reviewed the application of departmental recovery rates used 
to value unbilled revenue, assessing their appropriateness and 
challenging management on whether the effect of macroeconomic 
factors such as inflation on the expected recovery of unbilled 
revenue had been taken into account. We also reviewed post year-
end actual recovery rates against the year-end recovery rates to 
review any significant movements.

We tested the completeness and cut-off of unbilled revenue by 
a review of time sheets posted after the year end to identify any 
material unposted time.

We assessed the adequacy of provisions against irrecoverable 
unbilled revenue by review of aged work in progress reports.

Key observations
We concluded that there was no material misstatement in the 
valuation of unbilled revenue, in accordance with IFRS15.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Key audit matter description

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Risk of fraud in revenue recognition – existence/cut off of billed revenue

Bills raised in the year may be fictitious/erroneous or raised before 
time has been worked by the fee earners and the business may 
therefore not be entitled to the income. Bills may also be raised 
when work in progress should be written off as irrecoverable.

We reviewed a sample of sales invoices issued during the year 
to ensure that the service had been provided pre year end, 
confirming that entitlement to record the invoice as revenue had 
been reached. The evidence of services being provided included, 
but was not limited to, time records maintained by fee earners and 
client contracts.

We reviewed the level of post year end credit notes being raised to 
identify significant credit notes being raised indicating erroneous 
recognition of revenue in the current year.

For unbilled revenue recognised in the year, we tested on a sample 
basis that entitlement to revenue had been reached through proof 
of the relevant service being carried out pre year end.

Key observations
We concluded that revenue had been recorded appropriately. We 
did not identify any material errors in relation to cut-off.

Our application of materiality 
Our definition of materiality considers the value of error or omission on the financial statements that, individually or in aggregate, would 
change or influence the economic decision of a reasonably knowledgeable user of those financial statements. Misstatements below these 
levels will not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. Materiality is used in planning the 
scope of our work, executing that work and evaluating the results.

Materiality in respect of the Group was set at £950k (2021: £800k) which was determined on the basis of 5% of the underlying profit before 
tax and exceptional items, as the primary measure on which the performance of the business is judged by its stakeholders. 

Performance materiality is the application of materiality at the individual account or balance level, set at an amount to reduce to an 
appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality for the Group was set at £665k (2021: £560k) which represents 70% (2021 – 70%) of the above materiality levels.

The determination of performance materiality reflects our assessment of the risk of undetected errors existing, the nature of the systems 
and controls, the impact of there being a number of non-significant components and the level of misstatements arising in previous audits

Materiality in respect of the Parent was set at £460k (2021: £380k) which was determined on the basis of 1% of gross assets. Gross assets 
was considered to be the most appropriate materiality metric on the basis that the Parent is not a trading entity and its primary purpose is 
to the hold investments. 

Performance materiality for the Parent was set at £322k (2021: £265k) which represents 70% (2021 – 70%) of the above materiality levels.

Our audit work on the significant component of the Group, and for determining and evaluating the specific targeted procedures on other 
components, was executed at levels of materiality applicable to the individual entity which were lower than Group materiality. 

We agreed to report any corrected or uncorrected adjustments exceeding £47.5k (2021: £40k) to the audit committee as well as 
differences below this threshold that in our view warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

70

71

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report 
continued

The scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override 
of internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

The Group comprises one main trading component, a Parent Company, which does not trade, and several smaller subsidiary entities. The 
Group engagement team carried out audits of the complete financial information of the following significant components of the Group: 

• 

• 

The Parent Company, Gateley (Holdings) plc 

Gateley plc

A desktop analytical review was performed on the other components that were not considered to be individually financially significant, and 
specific targeted procedures performed on material subsidiaries based on an assessment of the risk to the Group audit results. 

The coverage achieved by our audit procedures was:

Full scope audit

Analytical review and specific targeted procedures

Total

Number of
components

2

17

19

Revenue

83%

17%

100%

Net assets/
(liabilities)

Profit 
before tax

124%

(24%)

100%

94%

6%

100%

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report and Accounts, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion of the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements, or our 
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

 the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

• 

the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion: 

 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

• 

• 

• 

• 

72

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Responsibilities of Directors 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud. 

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk 
that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading 
to a material misstatement in the financial statements or non-
compliance with regulation. This risk increases the more that 
compliance with a law or regulation is removed from the events 
and transactions reflected in the financial statements, as we will 
be less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance. 
The risk is also greater regarding irregularities occurring due to 
fraud rather than error, as fraud involves intentional concealment, 
forgery, collusion, omission or misrepresentation.

The specific procedures for this engagement and the extent to 
which these are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
is detailed below:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
frameworks that the group operates in, focusing on those 
laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the financial 
statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in 
this context included, the Companies Act 2006, the Financial 
Services and Markets Act 2000 and applicable tax legislation. 
In addition, we considered compliance with employee 
legislation, as fundamental to the group’s operations;

 Reviewing press releases, and performing an online search of 
articles about the group in the financial press;

 Enquiry of management to identify any instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations;

 Reviewing financial statement disclosures and testing to 
supporting documentation to assess compliance with 
applicable laws and regulations;

 Enquiry of management around actual and potential litigation 
and claims;

 Enquiry of the audit and finance committee concerning actual 
and potential litigation and claims;

 Enquiry of management to identify any instances of known or 
suspected instances of fraud;

 Discussing among the engagement team regarding how and 
where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any 
potential indicators of fraud,

 Reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with 
governance;

 Reviewing the control systems in place and testing the 
effectiveness of the controls;

 Performing audit work over the risk of management override 
of controls, including testing of journal entries and other 
adjustments for appropriateness, evaluating the business 
rationale of significant transactions outside the normal course 
of business, and reviewing accounting estimates for bias; and

 Challenging assumptions and judgements made by 
management in their significant accounting estimates, in 
particular with respect to provisions for claims incurred but 
not reported. 

73

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsIndependent auditors’ report 
continued

A further description of our responsibilities for the financial 
statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part 
of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest 
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Andrew Moyser FCA FCCA 
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of MHA MacIntyre Hudson,  
Statutory Auditor 
Birmingham 

12 September 2022

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Consolidated statement of profit and loss  
and other comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 April 2022

Revenue

Other operating income

Personnel costs, excluding IFRS 2 charge

Depreciation – Property, plant and equipment

Depreciation – Right-of-use asset

Impairment of trade receivables and contract assets

Other operating expenses, excluding non-underlying and exceptional items

Operating profit before non-underlying and exceptional items

Non-underlying operating items

Exceptional items 

Operating profit

Financial income

Financial expense

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year after tax attributable to equity holders of the parent

Other comprehensive income

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

- Revaluation of other investments

- Exchange differences on foreign branch

Profit for the financial year and total comprehensive income all attributable to equity 
holders of the parent

Statutory Earnings per share

Basic

Diluted

Note

4

5

7

13

13

19/20

6

6

6

6

9

9

10

2022 
£’000

137,249

-

(86,517)

(851)

(3,783)

(866)

(22,716)

22,516

(2,659)

(870)

(3,529)

18,987

194

(1,149)

18,032

(3,753)

14,279

2021 
£’000

121,375

2,451

(77,460)

(1,045)

(3,751)

(1,834)

(19,202)

20,534

(3,029)

-

(3,029)

17,505

 176

(1,373)

16,308

(3,151)

13,157

(190)

58

-

(87)

14,147

13,070

11

11

12.00p

11.71p

11.18p

11.10p

The results for the periods presented above are derived from continuing operations.

The accompanying notes on pages 65 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements.

74

75

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Other reserve

Treasury reserve

Translation reserve

Retained earnings

TOTAL EQUITY

Note

26

2022 
£’000

12,456

11,342

(9,950)

14,465

(261)

(2)

44,863

72,913

2021 
£’000

11,792

9,421

(9,950)

6,815

(312)

(60)

41,560

59,266

These financial statements were approved by the directors on 12 September 2022 and were signed and authorised for issue on their behalf by: 

Rodrick R Waldie 
Chief Executive Officer 

Neil A Smith 
Finance Director

Company registered number: 09310078

The accompanying notes on pages 65 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Consolidated statement of financial position 
at 30 April 2022

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use asset

Investment property

Intangible assets & goodwill

Other intangible assets

Other investments

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Contract assets

Trade and other receivables

Deferred tax asset

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liability 

Other payables

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liability

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

NET ASSETS

Note

13

13

14

15

17

18

19

20

23

25

21

29

22

23

24

22

29

24

2022 
£’000

1,334

24,627

164

32,590

564

173

59,452

17,239

56,168

638

16,105

90,150

2021 
£’000

1,323

27,007

164

15,765

282

363

44,904

13,900

43,093

138

19,605

76,736

149,602

121,640

(5,715)

(25,207)

(5,360)

(3,089)

(863)

(40,234)

(31,793)

(3,719)

(101)

(842)

(36,455)

(76,689)

72,913

-

(27,702)

(120)

(772)

(763)

(29,357)

(29,032)

(2,743)

(176)

(1,066)

(33,017)

(62,374)

59,266

76

77

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement
for year ended 30 April 2022

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

At 1 May 2020

Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
Exchange rate differences
Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners recognised directly in 
equity:
Issue of share capital
Sale of treasury shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Share based payment transactions
Total equity at 30 April 2021
At 1 May 2021

Comprehensive income:
Profit for the year
Revaluation of other investments
Exchange rate differences
Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners recognised directly in 
equity:
Issue of share capital
Purchase of own shares at nominal value
Sale of treasury shares
Purchase of treasury shares
Recognition of tax benefit on gain from equity settled 
share options
Dividend paid
Share based payment transactions
Total equity at 30 April 2022

Share
premium
£’000

Merger
reserve
£’000

Other
reserve
£’000

Treasury
 reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve
£’000

9,153

(9,950)

6,815

(417)

27,447

27

Share
capital
£’000

11,761

Total
Equity
£’000

44,836

-
-
-

-
-
-

31
-
-
-
11,792
11,792

-
-
-
-

664
-
-
-
-

-
-
12,456

550
(282)
-
-
9,421
9,421

-
-
-
-

1,921
-
-
-
-

-
-
11,342

-
-
-

-
-
-
-

(9,950)
(9,950)

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

(9,950)

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
6,815
6,815

-
-
-
-

7,650
-
-
-
-

-
-
14,465

-
-
-

13,157
-
13,157

-
(87)
(87)

13,157

(87)
13,070

-
400
(295)
-

(312)
(312)

-
-
-
956
41,560
41,560

-
-
-
-

14,279

(190)
-
14,089

-
-
127
(76)
-

-

(132)
-
-
563

-
-

(261)

(12,430)
1,213
44,863

-
-
-
-
(60)
(60)

-
-
58
58

-
-
-
-
-

581
118
(295)
956
59,266
59,266

14,279

(190)
58
14,147

10,235

(132)
127
(76)
563

-
-
(2)

(12,430)
1,213
72,913

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value together with gains on the sale of own shares and the 
difference between actual and nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of trade and assets. 

Merger reserve – Represents the difference between the nominal value of shares acquired by the Company in the share for share exchange 
with the former Gateley Heritage LLP members and the nominal value of shares issued to acquire them.

Other reserve – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the Company in the acquisition of 
subsidiaries.

Treasury reserve – Represents the repurchase of shares for future distribution by Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.

Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.

Foreign currency translation reserve – Represents the movement in exchange rates back to the Group’s functional currency of profits and 
losses generated in foreign currencies.

The accompanying notes on pages 65 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements.

78

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial income

Financial expense

Release of contingent consideration

Interest charge on capitalised leases 

Equity settled share-based payments

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Tax expense

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions 

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of other intangible assets

Cash received on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition of other investments

Contingent consideration paid - acquisition of subsidiary

Consideration paid on acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Note

2022 
£’000

2021 
£’000

14,279

13,157

13/15/17

9

9

6

9

7

6

10

24

13

17

18

9

6,215

(194)

201

(135)

948

1,213

16

3,753

26,296

(10,233)

758

25

16,846

(4,497)

12,349

(775)

(319)

-

-

-

(5,982)

194

(6,882)

6,869

(176)

416

-

957

956

(3)

3,151

25,327

(5,312)

9,216

226

29,457

(4,039)

25,418

(503)

(10)

11

(134)

(363)

-

176

(823)

79

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Consolidated cash flow statement 
continued

Financing activities

Interest and other financial income paid

Lease repayments

Receipt of new revolving credit facility, net of refinancing costs

Repayment of term bank loans

Repayment of loans from former members of GCL Solicitors & Directors of IIS

Proceeds from sale of own shares

Acquisition of own shares

Cash received for shares issued on exercise of SAYE/CSOP options

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

9

21

21

21

12

25

2022 
£’000

(201)

(3,870)

5,715

-

-

90

(39)

1,768

(12,430)

(8,967)

(3,500)

19,605

16,105

2021 
£’000

(416)

(3,847)

-

(3,077)

(729)

145

(288)

299

-

(7,913)

16,682

2,923

19,605

The accompanying notes on pages 65 to 118 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

80

81Business OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceOur FinancialsNotes to the consolidated financial statements(forming part of the financial statements)1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policiesGateley (Holdings) Plc is a Company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The Parent Company’s acquisition of Gateley Plc and its acquisition of Gateley LLP have been assessed as being business combinations under common control which are scoped out of IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. In accordance with the requirements of IAS 8 the Directors have selected an appropriate accounting policy to reflect the substance of this transaction. The Directors have chosen to apply merger accounting as outlined in UKGAAP (FRS102). This requires the Group to be consolidated at the date of the business combinations as though the Group structure has always been in place. No Goodwill has been recognised on this transaction.The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group”). The parent company financial statements present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about its Group.The financial statements of Gateley (Holdings) Plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these Group financial statements.Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial statements and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 3.The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates (its functional currency). For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group company are expressed in GBP, which is the functional currency of the Company, and the presentational currency for the Group.1.1 Measurement conventionThe financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except where adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. The principal variations relate to investment properties and financial instruments which are carried at fair value.1.2 Going concernSee full explanation on page 24 of the Strategic Report.Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, which includes an analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term cash flow forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding the current and future demand for legal services, and other reasonably possible variations in trading performance, mitigating actions available to management and the possible continued impact of Covid-19 the Group expects to be able to operate within the Group’s financing facilities.Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance such as lower levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. In addition, the Directors have also considered further mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term cash management activities within the Group’s control. On this basis, the Directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that the Group is forecast to continue to trade in line with existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future.Accordingly, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.1.3 Basis of consolidationOn 29 May 2015, the Company acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Gateley Plc which had, on the same day, acquired the business assets and liabilities of Gateley Heritage LLP, formerly the partnership of Gateley LLP. Following this Group reorganisation the financial statements for the year ended 30 April 2016 were prepared on a merger accounting basis as though this Group structure had always been in place.Although the share for share exchange resulted in a change of legal ownership, in substance these financial statements reflect the continuation of the pre-existing Group, headed by Gateley LLP.SubsidiariesSubsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. In assessing control, the Group’s primary consideration is voting rights that are currently exercisable. The acquisition date is the date on which control is transferred to the acquirer. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.Transactions eliminated on consolidationIntra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial information of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Audit exemption of subsidiaries
The following subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the 
UK Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts 
by virtue of s479A of the Act.

Name

Gateley UK LLP

Gateley EBT Limited

Gateley Capitus Limited

Gateley Hamer Limited

Gateley Omega Limited

Kiddy & Partners Limited

International Investment Services Limited

T-Three Consulting Limited

T-Three Group Limited

T-Three Holdings Limited

Gateley Vinden Limited

Matsa Holdings Limited

Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited

TVP Holdings Limited

SP 2018 Limited

Byrom Clark Roberts Limited

Smithers Purslow Limited

Smithers Purslow Group Limited

Ainsley Stokes Limited

Adamson Jones Holdings Limited

Adamson Jones IP Limited

GEG Services Limited

Registered number

OC315778

09576648

03324995

03948095

13367322

11379755

08597472

03959623

06495180

04579021

03830233

08293396

02280956

06548795

11344448

02390547

01402539

05508205

03219786

10698979

07188937

12374579

The outstanding liabilities at 30 April 2022 of the above named 
subsidiaries have been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to 
s479A to s479C of the Act. In the opinion of the directors, the 
possibility of the guarantee being called upon is remote.

1.4 Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional 
currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies at the reporting date are retranslated to the functional 
currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign 
exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the 
consolidated statement of profit and loss. Non-monetary assets 
and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a 
foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date 
of the transaction.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill 
and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
to the Group’s presentational currency, sterling, at foreign 
exchange rates ruling at the reporting date. The revenues and 
expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for 
the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign 
operations are reported as an item of other comprehensive income 
and accumulated in the foreign currency reserve.

1.5 Classification of financial instruments issued 
by the Group
IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ specifies how an entity should classify 
and measure financial assets including some hybrid contracts. 
Financial assets are to be classified on principle-based requirements 
dependent on the assets contractual cash flow characteristics and 
the Group business model for managing those assets. 

The standard also introduced an impairment model that is to 
be applied to debt instruments measured at amortised cost or 
fair value through other comprehensive income, as well as trade 
receivables and contract assets. Under the model, expected credit 
losses are to be recognised against financial assets. Expected 
credit losses have been calculated in relation to debt securities 
and over the lifetime of trade and other receivables in line with the 
approach provided within the standard. The Group have based the 
assessment of the expected credit losses on a number of factors 
including the credit risk of the asset upon initial recognition as well 
as observed actual losses against classes of financial assets and 
specific client and industry knowledge held by fee earners.

Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity 
only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

(a)   they include no contractual obligations upon the Group 
to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange 
financial assets or financial liabilities with another party under 
conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group; and 

(b)   where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s 
own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that 
includes no obligation to deliver a variable number of the 
Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will 
be settled by the company’s exchanging a fixed amount of 
cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own 
equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial 
instruments (including members’ capital of subsidiary LLP’s) are 
classified as a financial liability. Profit distributions relating to equity 
instruments are debited direct to equity.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

1.6 Non derivative financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents and 
trade and other receivables. All financial assets are recognised 
when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument.

i) Investments
Other investments in equity securities held by the Group that were 
previously classified as being available-for-sale and are stated at fair 
value, have been classified as equity investments measured at fair 
value through other comprehensive income under IFRS 9.

ii) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client 
work) are initially recognised at their transaction price and carried at 
amortised cost under IFRS 9.

In line with IFRS 9, the Group recognises as disclosed in note 19 and 
20 any expected credit loss against trade receivables in order to 
recognise the inherent risk that the Group may not be able to collect 
all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. 
The amount of the provision recorded is based on a broad range of 
information including past events, current conditions and forecasts 
of the future cash flows of the asset and is recognised in the 
statement of profit and loss in other operating expenses.

iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held 
at call with banks. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow 
statement, cash and cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in 
addition to the definition above.

iv) Treasury shares
The Group operates an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) under 
which ordinary shares have been issued and are held by the EBT. 
These are treated as treasury shares under IAS 32 and are added to 
the Treasury Share Reserve.

Financial Liabilities 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to 
the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the 
assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.

The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, 
borrowings, contingent consideration, members’ capital and amounts 
due to members. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at 
their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method with the exception of contingent 
consideration that is measured at fair value through profit or loss.

i) Bank borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of 
the consideration received net of issue costs associated with the 
borrowing. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; 
any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) 

and the redemption value is recognised in the statement of profit 
and loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective 
interest method.

Financial expenses comprise interest expense on borrowings.

ii) Trade and other payables
Trade payables are initially measured at fair value, and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective 
interest rate method.

iii) Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration is initially recognised and carried at the 
fair value. Following the end of the measurement period contingent 
consideration is continually remeasured to fair value with changes 
in fair value being reflected in profit or loss. Any interest payable on 
the balance is reflected in the value of the liability and charged to 
Profit and Loss as it arises.

1.7 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment charges.

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of 
property, plant and equipment.

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant 
and equipment less the estimated residual value on a straight-line 
basis over the expected useful economic life of the assets 
concerned. Estimated residual values are revised annually.

The useful lives over which these assets are depreciated are:

Leasehold improvements 

over the term of the lease

Equipment 

33.3% straight line

Fixtures and fittings 

20% straight line

Right-of-use assets 

term of the lease  
(between 1 and 10 years)

1.8 Leases
The Group leases offices, equipment and vehicles. Rental contracts 
are for periods of between 1 and 10 years. Lease terms are 
negotiated on a lease by lease basis and contain a variety of terms 
and conditions.

The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease at 
inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use 
asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease 
arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short term leases 
(defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and 
leases of low value assets (being those assets with a value less 
than £5,000 when new). For short term and low value leases, the 
Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a 
straight line basis over the term of the lease. 

82

83

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a 
present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of 
the following lease payments:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less 
any lease incentives receivable;

variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

 amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual 
value guarantees;

 the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is 
reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

 payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease 
term assumed reflects the Group exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit 
in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group 
would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an 
asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar 
terms and conditions.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

Right-of-use assets are recognised at commencement of the lease 
and initially measured at the amount of the lease liability, plus any 
incremental costs of obtaining the lease and any lease payments 
made at or before the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the lease liability is reduced 
for payments made and increased to reflect interest on the 
lease liability (using the effective interest method). The related 
right-of-use asset is depreciated over the term of the lease or, 
if shorter, the useful economic life of the leased asset. The lease 
term shall include the period of an extension option where it is 
reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. Interest on 
the lease liability is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. 

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a 
corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) 
whenever:

 the lease term has changed or there is a significant change 
in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which 
case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the 
revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;

 The lease payments change due to changes in an index or 
rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed 
residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured 
by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial 
discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to 
a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised 
discount rate is used);

• 

• 

84

 a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is 
not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the 
lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease 
payments using a revised discount rate.

The Group did not make any such adjustments during the periods 
presented.

In May 2020 the International Accounting Standards Board issued 
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions (the 2020 amendments) 
which amended IFRS 16 Leases. These amendments introduced 
an optional practical expedient providing lessees with an 
exemption from assessing whether a COVID-19 related rent 
concession is a lease modification. The Group has applied this 
practical expedient where applicable, the impact of this election 
and any COVID-19 related rent concession have not had a 
material impact on the closing value of the right-of-use asset or 
lease liability at 30 April 2022.

1.9 Business combinations
Subject to the transitional relief in IFRS 1, all business combinations 
are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Business 
combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method 
as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group. 

Acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010
For acquisitions on or after 1 January 2010, the Group measures 
goodwill at the acquisition date as:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus 

 the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the 
acquiree; plus

 the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; 
less

 the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with 
the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at 
the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified 
as equity, it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for 
within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value 
of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or loss. 
Any interest payable on the balance is reflected in the value of the 
liability and charged monthly to the Statement of Profit and Loss as 
it arises. Further detail on contingent consideration is disclosed in 
note 16.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

On a transaction-by-transaction basis, the Group elects to measure 
non-controlling interests, which have both present ownership 
interests and are entitled to a proportionate share of net assets 
of the acquiree in the event of liquidation, either at its fair value 
or at its proportionate interest in the recognised amount of the 
identifiable net assets of the acquiree at the acquisition date. All 
other non-controlling interests are measured at their fair value at 
the acquisition date. 

1.10 Intangible assets and goodwill
Goodwill
Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units and is not amortised 
but is tested annually for impairment. In respect of equity 
accounted investees, the carrying amount of goodwill is included in 
the carrying amount of the investment in the investee.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets, including software licences, expenditure 
on internally generated goodwill, brands and software, customer 
contracts and relationships are capitalised at cost and amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives 
through operating expenses.

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at 
cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses.

Customer lists 
Customer lists that are acquired by the Group as part of a business 
combination are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses (see accounting policy ‘Impairment of 
assets’). Cost reflects Management’s judgement of the fair value 
of the individual intangible asset calculated by reference to the net 
present value of future benefits accruing to the Group from the 
utilisation of the asset, discounted at an appropriate discount rate.

Brand value
Certain acquisitions have retained their trading name due to the 
value of the brand in their specific market place.

Brand value is amortised over a period of three or five years 
based on the Directors assessment of the future life of the brand, 
supported by trading history.

Internally generated computer software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are 
recognised as an expense when incurred. Development costs that 
are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and 
unique software products controlled by the Group are recognised 
as intangible assets where the following criteria are met:

–  

–  

 it is technically feasible to complete the software product so 
that it will be available for use;

 Management intends to complete the software product and 
use or sell it;

–  

–  

–  

–  

there is an ability to sell or use the software product;

 it can be demonstrated how the software product will 
generate probable future economic benefits;

 adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete 
the development and to use or sell software product are 
available; and

 the expenditure attributable to the software product during 
its development can be reliably measured.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria 
are recognised as an expense as incurred. Development costs 
previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an asset 
in a subsequent period.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives, which does 
not exceed five years. Computer software under development 
is not amortised. Amortisation starts from the date on which 
the software is available for use. If a decision is made to halt 
development then the cost is immediately expensed.

Amortisation 
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless 
such lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful 
life and goodwill are systematically tested for impairment at each 
statement of financial position date. Other intangible assets are 
amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated 
useful lives are as follows:

Customer lists and brands 
Computer software  

3 to 15 years
3 years

1.11 Investment property
Investment properties are properties which are held either to earn 
rental income or for capital appreciation or for both. Investment 
properties are stated at fair value. Any gain or loss arising from a 
change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss.

1.12 Impairment excluding investment properties 
Financial assets (including receivables)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss 
is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether it is 
impaired. Management assess impairment of financial assets based 
on a broad range of information, including past events, current 
conditions and forecasts of the future cash flows of the asset that 
can be estimated reliably.

Interest on the impaired asset continues to be recognised through 
the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes 
the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in 
impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses (ECL’s) 
on receivables through application of the simplified method. The 

85

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

ECL’s are determined using historic credit loss experience adjusted 
for forward-looking factors and specific provisions based on 
Management knowledge and expertise. 

Intangibles and property, plant and equipment (non-financial 
assets)
The carrying amount of the Group’s assets including property, plant 
and equipment and intangibles other than goodwill is reviewed at 
each year end date to determine whether there is any indication 
of impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount 
of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. Where 
an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount 
of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised 
estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would 
have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for 
the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an 
impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss where it relates to an 
amount charged to profit or loss. 

Goodwill (non-financial asset)
Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset and is not amortised but 
tested for impairment annually and when there are any indications 
that its carrying value is not recoverable. As such, goodwill is stated at 
cost less any provision for impairment in value. For impairment testing 
purposes, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units. If a subsidiary 
undertaking is subsequently sold, goodwill arising on acquisition is 
taken into account in determining the profit or loss on sale.

1.13 Employee benefits
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit 
plan under which the company pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation 
to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined 
contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the 
statement of profit and loss in the periods during which services 
are rendered by employees.

Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an 
undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is 
provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be 
paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the 
Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this 
amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and 
the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates several equity settled share based 
compensation plans.

The grant date fair value of share-based payment awards made 
to employees is recognised as an employee expense, with a 
corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards. The fair 
value of the options granted is measured using an option valuation 
model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which 
the options were granted. 

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of awards for which the related service and 
non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that 
the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the 
number of awards that meet the related service and non-market 
performance conditions at the vesting date, measured at the grant 
date fair value of the award.

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimates of the 
number of share incentives which are expected to vest. The impact 
of the revision of original estimates is recognised in the income 
statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

1.14 Own shares held by EBT trust (treasury 
reserve)
Transactions of the group-sponsored EBT trust are included in the 
Group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s purchases and 
sales of shares in the Company are recognised directly within equity.

1.15 Provisions
Professional indemnity provision 
A provision is recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, that can be 
reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where material, 
the impact of the time value of money is taken into account by 
discounting the expected future cash flow at a pre-tax rate, which 
reflects risks specific to the liability.

Insurance cover is maintained in respect of professional negligence 
claims. This cover is principally written through insurance 
companies with coverage of up to £150 million for each claim. 
Premiums are expensed as they fall due with prepayments or 
accruals being recognised accordingly. Expected reimbursements 
are recognised once they become receivable. The liability and 
the associated reimbursement asset are shown separately in the 
financial statements. Where outflow of resources is considered 
probable and reliable estimates can be made, provision is made 
for the cost (including related legal costs) of settling professional 
negligence claims brought against the Group by third parties 
and disciplinary proceedings brought by regulatory authorities. 
Amounts provided for are based on Management’s assessment of 
the specific circumstances in each case. No separate disclosure 
is made of the detail of such claims and proceedings, as to do so 
could seriously prejudice the position of the Group. In the event 
the insurance companies cannot settle the full liability, the liability 
will revert to the Group.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Dilapidations provision 
The Group recognise a provision for the future costs of 
dilapidations on leased office space. The provision is an estimate 
of the total cost to return applicable office space to its original 
condition at the end of the lease term, spread over the term of the 
lease. The estimated total cost is based on previous dilapidation 
expense per square foot of office space. 

1.16 Revenue recognition
IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers
Under IFRS 15 Revenue from contracts with customers, revenue is 
recognised either over time or at a point in time. The model uses a 
contract based five-step analysis of transactions to determine when, 
and how much, revenue is recognised; this includes the matching 
of stand-alone process for services provided to the satisfaction of 
performance obligations. 

The Group considers that there are two contract types in issue 
in the performance of the Group’s professional services, being 
non-contingent and contingent contracts.

Non-contingent contracts
Non-contingent work is typically recognised over the duration of the 
contract in line with the number of hours charged to the engagement 
at a pre-established rate. Under IFRS 15 the hours worked on these 
engagements are considered to be the satisfaction of the performance 
obligation, therefore where collection of revenue is considered 
probable, it is recognised in line with the hours performed. 

Contingent contracts
Contingent work is typically recognised at a point in time, once 
the pre-agreed stages of the contract performance are reached 
or concluded as a result of an event linked to each work type 
performance. In line with IFRS 15 the Group recognises revenue 
on these contracts at a point in time once the uncertainty over the 
contingent event has been satisfied as this is the point at which the 
performance obligation is considered to have been met. 

Recognition of accrued revenue
The standard requires both contract assets and liabilities being 
recognised. Whilst IFRS 15 requires that when an entity has an 
unconditional right to consideration then at this point the contract 
asset would become a trade receivable regardless of whether a bill has 
been issued. However, the Group does not consider the right to be 
unconditional until the point of billing at which point the fee amount 
has been agreed and confirmed with the customer. Therefore, these 
unbilled amounts are recognised as contract assets as opposed to 
trade receivables. The Group have also recognised a contract liability 
under the standard that represents the amount of income that has 
been invoiced in advance of the service being performed.

Recoverable expenses
Recoverable expenses and disbursements represent charges from 
other professional service firms, sub-contractors and out of pocket 
expenses incurred in respect of assignments and expected to be 
recovered from clients.

Other income 
Rental income, generated through the subletting of office space, 
is recognised in line with IFRS 16, on a straight line basis over the lease 
term.

Other income includes the recognition of amounts received in 
relation to the termination of a software development contract and 
government supported income from its Coronavirus Job Retention 
scheme. Income is recognised in the same period as the corresponding 
employee costs.

Government grant income 
The Group applies the performance model to government 
grant income, grants are recognised as income once all of the 
performance conditions have been met. 

In the year ended 30 April 2021, the Group utilised the Coronavirus 
Job Retention Scheme (CJRS) which meets the criteria of a 
government grant under IAS 20. CJRS allowed the Group to place 
staff on temporary leave (furlough) and claim the cost of 80% 
of employee’s payroll costs from the government. Under the 
performance model the Group has recognised the income on a 
straight line basis over the period of the furlough. This income has 
been recognised in other income within the statement of profit and 
loss. The Group has not utilised the CJRS during the year ended 
30 April 2022.

1.17 Short term and low value lease payments
Payments made on short term and low value leases are recognised 
in the statement of profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease in prior year comparatives and where current year 
leases meet the short-term lease criteria under IFRS 16.

1.18 Financial income and expenses
Financial expenses comprise interest payable and exchange losses that 
are recognised in the statement of profit and loss. Financial income 
comprises interest receivable on funds invested and exchange gains.

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in profit or loss as it 
accrues, using the effective interest method.

1.19 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and 
deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, 
in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable 
income or loss for the year, using tax rates and laws enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date, 
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The 
following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial 

86

87

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities 
that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a 
business combination; and differences relating to investments in 
subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based 
on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates and laws enacted or 
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which 
the temporary difference can be utilised.

1.20 Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items are non-trading and or non-cash items 
disclosed separately in the Consolidated Income Statement where 
the quantum, nature or volatility of such items would otherwise 
distort the underlying trading performance of the Group. The 
following are included by the Group in its assessment of non-
underlying items:

• 

 Share based payment charges: such charges are treated as 
non-underlying as the gain realised on the options granted is 
settled in shares not cash and therefore does not impact the 
income statement. The IFRS 2 charge is taken to the income 
statement, these expenses are treated as non-underlying 
items as they are either non-cash or non-recurring in nature. 

• 

 Amortisation in respect of intangible fixed assets: these costs 
are treated and non-underlying as they are non-cash items.

The tax effect of the above is also included if considered significant.

1.21 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are one off transactions, unrelated to the 
underlying trading performance of the Group disclosed separately 
in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss where the 
quantum, nature or volatility of such items would otherwise distort 
the underlying trading performance of the Group.

The following are included by the Group in its assessment of 
exceptional items:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Gains or losses arising on disposal, closure, restructuring or 
reorganisation of businesses that do not meet the definition 
of discontinued operations.

 Impairment charges in respect of intangible fixed assets: these 
costs are treated as exceptional due to their one off nature.

Non-typical expenses associated with acquisitions.

Costs incurred as part of significant refinancing activities.

The tax effect of the above is also included if considered significant.

Details in respect of the non-underlying items recognised in 
the current and prior year are set out in note 6 to the Financial 
Statements.

1.22 Ordinary dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they 
are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

2. Accounting developments

New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain 
new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing 
standards have been published by the IASB but are not yet effective 
and have not been applied early to the Group: 

Revised IFRS

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds 
before intended use – Amendments to IAS 16 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – 
Amendments to IFRS 3

Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a 
Contract – Amendments to IAS 37

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 
2018–2020

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – 
Amendments to IFRS 3

Disclosure of Accounting Policies – 
Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice 
Statement 2

Definition of Accounting Estimates - 
Amendments to IAS 8

Deferred Tax related to Assets and 
Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – 
Amendments to IAS 12

Effective date

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards 
listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements 
of the Group in future periods.

3. Critical accounting judgements and 
key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of consolidated financial statements under 
IFRS requires Management to make estimates and assumptions 
which affect the reported amount of revenues, expenses, assets 
and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. If in 
the future such estimates and assumptions, which are based 
on Management’s best judgement at the date of preparation of 
the financial statements, deviate from actual circumstances, the 
original estimates and assumptions will be modified as appropriate 
in the period in which the circumstances change. The key areas 
where a higher degree of judgement or complexity arises, or where 
estimates and assumptions are significant to the consolidated 
financial statements are discussed below. 

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Estimates
Impairment assessment of trade receivables (note 20) and 
unbilled revenue (note 19)
The carrying amount of trade receivables on client assignment is 
held at selling price less lifetime estimated credit losses (ECLs). 
The inclusions of the ECLs contributes to reducing the risk relating 
to the amounts of debts that are recoverable or not recoverable.

ECLs have been estimated based on historic credit losses within 
each operating segment for each ageing bracket. These credit 
losses calculated have then been adjusted where appropriate for 
the inclusion of Management and legal professional judgement to 
account for any forward looking information on specific clients. 

Management have performed sensitivity analysis over the ECL 
applied to trade receivables:

+1% increase in ECL

-1% decrease in ECL

(Decrease)/
increase in
value of trade 
receivables
£’000

(502)

502

Management have also applied the same expectation of credit 
losses for trade receivables to contract assets to assess the 
recoverability of unbilled revenue recognised in the consolidated 
accounts

Management have performed sensitivity analysis on the expectation 
of recoverability applied to the contract assets balance:

(Decrease)/ 
increase
in value of 
contract assets
£’000

(172)

172

+1% increase in ECL rate

-1% decrease in ECL rate

Management believe that the provision in place is sufficiently 
prudent and therefore any increase in the rate applied is unlikely.

Unbilled revenue on client assignments (note 19)
The valuation of unbilled revenue involves detailed understanding 
of contractual terms with clients, and affects the amount of 
revenue recognised. The valuation is based on an estimate of 
the amount expected to be recoverable from clients on unbilled 
items based on such factors as time spent, the expertise and 
skills provided and the stage of completion of the assignment. 
The principal uncertainty over this estimation is a result of the 
amounts not yet being billed to, or recognised by the client. The 
extent of such uncertainty is increased on contingent engagements 
as there is no certainty that the amount will be recoverable at 

all until the contingent event is satisfied. Management look to 
reduce this level of uncertainty by conducting comprehensive risk 
assessments over each engagement undertaken to minimise the 
overall risk held by the Group. Provision is made for such factors 
as historical recoverability rates, contingencies, agreements with 
clients, external expert’s opinion and the potential credit risks, 
following interactions between legal staff, finance and clients. In 
assessing whether unbilled time is recognised as unbilled revenue, 
Management are required to make estimates in determining the 
point at which the contingency is resolved and when the fair value 
of consideration can be measured reliably. 

Where a case is contingent at the statement of financial position 
date, no revenue is recognised. Where entitlement to income is 
certain it is recognised at selling price. 

Valuation of intangibles (note 15)
Measurement of intangible assets relating to acquisitions: 
In attributing value to intangible assets arising on acquisition, 
Management has made certain assumptions in terms of cash flows 
attributable to intellectual property and customer relationships. 
The key assumptions made relate to the valuation of the brand, 
where the acquired brand is retained by the entity, and the customer 
list. The value of such intangibles has been estimated based on the 
amount of revenue expected to be generated by them. The revenue 
estimations rely on annual growth rates. Management have selected 
the appropriate rates based on a combination of observed historical 
growth, industry norms and forecasted influencing factors. The rates 
applied reflect previous growth rates, with sensitivities indicating that 
variations in the actual rate achieved are unlikely to materially impact 
the valuation of the intangible assets.

Judgements
Application of IFRS 3 Business Combinations – contingent 
consideration, remuneration vs consideration (note 15)
Accounting for contingent consideration under IFRS 3 requires 
significant judgement to be exercised where selling shareholders 
remain in employment, post-acquisition. A detailed understanding of 
key acquisition agreements is required in order to assess the substance 
of the transaction against the requirements included within Appendix B 
of IFRS 3, in order to substantiate whether contingent consideration 
should be included within the initial acquisition accounting or charged 
to profit or loss as a remuneration expense over the period of the 
earn out. 

In the current year two acquisitions included contingent consideration 
arrangements with selling shareholders who have remained in 
continuing employment within the Group. Management has 
performed a detailed review of the acquisition agreements and 
concluded that whilst judgement is required, the employment clauses 
are not substantive and thus, the arrangements are deemed to be 
additional consideration. The effect on these financial statements if the 
arrangements were to be accounted for as remuneration rather than 
additional consideration would be a reduction in profit of £123k. 

88

89

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

4. Revenue and operating segments

2022

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is the Strategic Board. The Group have the following four strategic divisions, which are its 
reportable segments. These divisions offer a mixture of legal and consultancy services to clients. With effect from 1 May 2021 all service 
lines are managed through two separately reporting lines renamed Gateley Legal and Gateley Consultancy.

The following summary describes the operations of each reportable segment as reported up to 30 April 2022 and also the new service lines:

Reportable segment

Legal service lines
(Gateley Legal)

Consultancy service lines
(Gateley Consultancy)

Corporate

Business services

People

Property

Banking
Corporate
Restructuring advisory
Taxation

GEG Services
International Investment Services

Commercial

Adamson Jones

Commercial Dispute Resolution/Litigation

Tweed (reputation, media and privacy law)

Employment
Pension
Private client

Real Estate

Real Estate Dispute Resolution

Construction

Planning

Entrust Pension
Kiddy and Partners
T-three

Capitus

Hamer/Persona

Smithers Purslow

Vinden/Tozer Gallagher

The revenue and operating profit are attributable to the principal activities of the Group. A geographical analysis of revenue is given below:

United Kingdom

Europe

Middle East

North and South America

Asia

Other

2022
£’000

127,386

5,336

923

692

1,501

1,411

2021
£’000

109,934

6,231

937

1,045

802

2,426

137,249

121,375

The Group has no individual customers that represent more than 10% of revenue in either the 2022 or 2021 financial year. The Group’s assets 
and costs are predominately located in the UK save for those assets and costs located in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) via its Dubai subsidiary. 
Net Group assets of £0.08m (2021: Net Group assets of £0.07m) are located in the Group’s Dubai subsidiary. Revenue generated by the Group’s 
Dubai subsidiary to customers in the UAE totalled £0.92m (2021: £0.94m) as disclosed above as due from the customers in the Middle East. 

Corporate
£’000

Business
Services
£’000

People
£’000

Property
£’000

Total
segments
£’000

Other
expense
and
movement
in unbilled 
revenue
£’000

Total
£’000

Segment revenue from services transferred at a 
point in time

Segment revenue from services transferred over 
time

Total Segment revenue

10,175

3,467

5,901

10,994

30,537

305

30,842

27,889

38,064

14,490

17,957

13,264

19,165

50,426

61,420

106,069

136,606

338

643

106,407

137,249

Segment contribution (as reported internally)

15,373

5,733

6,919

22,956

50,981

643

51,624

Costs not allocated to segments:

Other operating income

Personnel costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Other operating expenses

Share based payment charges

Exceptional costs 

Net financial expense

Profit for the financial year before taxation

-

(10,487)

(6,215)

(13,852)

(1,213)

(870)

(955)

18,032

90

91

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Contract assets
Under IFRS 15 the Group recognises any goods or services transferred to the customer before the customer pays consideration, or before 
payment is due, as a contract asset . These assets differ from accounts receivables. Accounts receivable are the amounts that have been 
billed to the client and the revenue recognised, whereas these contract assets are amounts of work in progress where work has been 
performed, yet the amounts have not yet been billed to the client. Due to the nature of the services delivered by the Group the significant 
component of the cost of delivery is staff costs. As a result, there is little to no judgement exercised in determining the costs incurred as 
they are driven by the time recorded by fee earners. Contract assets are subject to impairment under IFRS 9.

No other financial information has been disclosed as it is not provided to the CODM on a regular basis.

Contract Liabilities
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities based on those amounts recognised against contracts for which the 
satisfaction of performance obligations has not yet been met. These liabilities relate to the deferred income recognised within Kiddy & 
Partners, T-three Consulting Limited and GEG Services Limited as a result of their billing structure. The amounts recognised reflect the 
agreed cost of the services to be performed and are realised in line with the ongoing cost of delivery. Due to the nature of the services 
provided, the main component of this cost of delivery is staff costs, as a result there is little to no judgement exercised in determining the 
value of the liability held at year end. 

Practical expedients under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 companies are required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the performance obligations 
that are unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period. However, only a small proportion of revenue contracts in issuance are for fixed 
amounts, rather the company has a right to consideration from the customer in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the 
customer of the business’ performance completed to date. Therefore, the Group considers it impractical to estimate the potential value of 
unsatisfied performance obligations and has elected to apply the practical expedient available under IFRS 15.

5. Other operating income

Rental and service charge income

COVID-19 Job retention scheme income

Cash incentives – Bank account switching income

Profit on sale of fixed assets

Amounts received against terminated contract

2022
£’000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2021
£’000

2

1,945

1

3

500

2,451

2021

Segment revenue from services 
transferred at a point in time

Segment revenue from services 
transferred over time 

Total segmental revenue

Segment contribution  
(as reported internally)

Costs not allocated to segments:

Other operating income

Personnel costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Other operating expenses

Share based payment charge 

Exceptional costs 

Net financial expense

Profit for the financial year before 
taxation

Banking 
and
Financial
 Services
£’000

Corporate
£’000

Business
Services
£’000

Employee
Pensions
and
Benefits
£’000

Property
£’000

Total
segments
£’000

Other
expenses
and
movement
in unbilled 
revenue
£’000

Total
£’000

3,239

7,437

1,357

3,780

13,289

29,102

1,361

30,463

12,774

16,013

14,450

21,887

11,996

13,353

10,472

14,252

39,654

52,943

89,346

118,448

1,566

90,912

2,927

121,375

5,291

7,100

5,688

4,597

24,406

47,082

2,927

50,009

2,448

(8,240)

(6,869)

(18,887)

(956)

-

(1,197)

16,308

Group entities may be engaged on a contingent basis; in such cases the Group considers the satisfaction of the contingent event as the 
sole performance obligation within the contract. Fees are only billed once the contingent event has been satisfied. The initial financing 
of these engagements is met by the Group. Due to the nature and timing of the billing, such engagements influence the contract asset 
balance held in the balance sheet at year end. In the majority of cases the contingent event is expected to be concluded within one year of 
the engagement date. The Group operates standard payment terms of 30 days. £9.2 million of the current period revenue is derived from 
services satisfied, in part, in the previous period.

Services transferred over time 
For non-contingent engagements, fee earners’ hourly rates are determined at the point of engagement with all hours attributed to the 
engagement fully and accurately recorded. The recorded hours are then translated into fees to be billed and invoiced on a monthly basis. 
The Group typically operates on 30 days credit terms, in line with IFRS 15 the performance obligations are fulfilled over time with revenue 
being recognised in line with the hours worked. 

92

93

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

7. Personnel costs

The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year, analysed by category, was as follows:

Legal and professional staff

Administrative staff

The aggregate payroll costs of these persons were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Non-underlying items (see note 6)

Share based payment expense – Gateley Plc

Share based payment expense – Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Number of employees
2021

2022

800

350

1,150

2022
£’000

76,672

7,769

2,076

86,517

1,100

113

87,730

770

343

1,113

2021
£’000

68,020

7,736

1,704

77,460

956

-

78,416

Details of the Directors’ remuneration and share interests are given in the Summary of Directors’ remuneration for the year within the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 43.

8. Share based payments

Group
At the year end the Group has nine share based payment schemes in existence.

Save As You Earn scheme (‘SAYE’)
The Group operates a HMRC approved SAYE scheme for all staff. Options under this scheme will vest if the participant remains employed 
for the agreed vesting period of three years. Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase the allocated ordinary shares at a 
discount of 20% of the market price determined at the grant date.

During the year 64,549 SAYE 17/18 options were exercised and the remaining 193,063 had lapsed by 30 April 2022. The accumulated IFRS2 
charge of £155,381 was recycled through retained earnings in the prior period.

During the year 407,963 SAYE 18/19 options vested with 237,450 being exercised by 30 April 2022 leaving 170,513 options still to be 
exercised. New shares were issued to satisfy these options being 237,450 10p shares with a nominal value of £23,745. The accumulated 
IFRS2 charge of £135,078 has been recycled through retained earnings.

6. Expenses and auditor’s remuneration

Included in operating profit are the following:

Depreciation on tangible assets (see note 13)

Depreciation on right-of-use asset (see notes 13 and 29)

Short term and low value lease payments (see note 29)

Operating lease costs on property (see note 29)

Other operating income – rent received

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses

Loss/(profit) on sale of fixed assets

Non-underlying items

Amortisation of intangible assets (see notes 15 and 17)

Share based payment charges – Gateley Plc

Share based payment charges – Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Release of contingent consideration – International Investment Services Limited

Exceptional items

Acquisition costs

One off remuneration charge – Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Total non-underlying and exceptional items

2022
£’000

851

3,783

75

-

-

(58)

16

2022
£’000

1,581

1,100

113

(135)

2,659

373

497

3,529

2021
£’000

1,045

3,751

40

26

(2)

87

(3)

2021
£’000

2,073

956

-

-

3,029

-

-

3,029

Acquisition costs in the 2022 financial year represent professional fees in respect of the acquisition of SP 2018 Limited, Adamson Jones 
Holdings Limited and the business and assets of Tozer Gallagher LLP. 

Share based payment charges in Gateley Plc represent charges in accordance with IFRS 2 in respect of unexercised SAYE, CSOP, LTIP and 
RSA schemes (See note 8). 

Share based payment charges in Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited represent shares awarded to staff following the successful acquisition of 
SP 2018 Limited (See note 7 and 8). 

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditor in respect of audit services:

Audit of these financial statements

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company

Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditor and its associates in respect of:

Other assurance services

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

85

20

105

31

73

15

88

44

Other assurance services relate to Solicitors Accounts Rules review with associated reporting to legal regulators. This work is entirely 
assurance focused.

94

95

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinued 
 
 
Company Share Option Plan (‘CSOP’)
The Group operates an HMRC approved CSOP scheme for associates, senior associates, legal directors, equivalent positions in Gateley 
Group subsidiary companies and Senior Management positions in our support teams. Options under this scheme will vest if the participant 
remains employed for the agreed vesting period of three years. Upon vesting, each option allows the holder to purchase the allocated 
ordinary shares at the price on the date of grant.

During the year 401,542 CSOPS 17/18 options were exercised and the remaining 26,603 had lapsed by 30 April 2022. New shares were 
issued to satisfy these options being 410,632 10p shares with a nominal value of £41,063. The accrued IFRS2 charge of £95,780 was 
recycled through retained earnings in the prior period.

During the year 631,580 CSOPS 18/19 options vested with 447,494 being exercised by 30 April 2022 leaving 184,086 options still to be 
exercised. New shares were issued to satisfy these options being 447,494 10p shares with a nominal value of £44,749. The accumulated 
IFRS2 charge of £108,421 has been recycled through retained earnings.

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)
The Group operates an LTIP for the benefit of Executive Directors and Senior Management. Awards under the LTIP may be in the form of 
an option granted to the participant to receive ordinary shares on exercise dependent upon the achievement of profit related performance 
conditions.

Performance conditions
Options granted under the LTIP are only exercisable subject to the satisfaction of the following performance conditions which will 
determine the proportion of the option that will vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The awards will be subject to an 
adjusted fully diluted earnings per share performance measure as described in the table below:

Adjusted, fully diluted earnings per Share Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) over the three year 
period ending 30 April 2023/2025

Amount Vesting %

Below 5%

5%

Between 5% and 10%

Above 10%

0%

25%

Straight line vesting

100%

The options will generally be exercisable after approval of the financial statements during the year of exercise. The performance period for 
any future awards under the LTIP will be a three-year period from the date of grant. Vested and unvested LTIP awards are subject to a formal 
malus and clawback mechanism.

Grant of equity share options under the LTIP
Certain senior employees and Executive Directors were granted options on 27 April 2022 based on performance conditions commencing 
on 1 May 2022. In total, 1,115,000 options have been granted which, subject to satisfying the above performance conditions, will vest in the 
year ending 30 April 2025. 

Restricted Share Award Plan (‘RSA’)
The Group has introduced during the year an RSA for the benefit of Senior Management. Awards under the RSA entitle the option holder to 
participate in dividends however, the shares are restricted for a period of 5 years from issue, such that they cannot be traded.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

The annual awards granted under all schemes are summarised below:

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life

Weighted
average 
exercise
price

Originally
granted
Number

Lapsed at
30 April
2021
Number

At 1 May
2021
Number

Granted
during
the year
Number

Lapsed
during
year
Number

Exercised
in the
year
Number

At
30 April
2022
Number

SAYE

SAYE 17/18- 
15 September 2017

SAYE 18/19 – 
21 September 2018

SAYE 19/20 – 
30 September 2019

SAYE 20/21 – 
6 November 2020

SAYE 21/22 – 
25 August 2022

CSOPS

CSOPS 17/18 – 
3 October 2017

CSOPS 18/19 – 
24 October 2018

CSOPS 20/21 – 
7 July 2020

0 years

£1.33

556,296

(298,684)

257,612

0 years

£1.27

620,432

(168,463)

451,969

0.4 years

£1.28

822,625

(125,652)

696,973

1.5 years

£1.02

2,337,197

(47,113) 2,290,084

-

-

-

-

(92,760)

(172,713)

(193,063)

(64,549)

-

(44,006) (237,450)

170,513

2.3 years

£1.70

-

-

-

673,077

(14,925)

4,336,550

(639,912) 3,696,638

673,077

(517,467) (301,999) 3,550,249

-

-

-

604,213

2,117,371

658,152

0 years

£1.65

581,162

(153,017)

428,145

0 years

£1.44

812,131

(127,774)

684,357

1.2 years

£1.35

976,797

(57,411)

919,386

2,370,090

(338,202) 2,031,888

(26,603) (401,542)

-

(52,777) (447,494)

184,086

(89,634)

-

829,752

(169,014) (849,036) 1,013,838

LTIPS

LTIPS 20/21 –  
22 July 2020

LTIPS 27 April 2022

1.2 years

3.0 years

£0.00

1,405,766

(38,339) 1,367,427

(130,992)

£0.00

-

-

-

1,115,000

-

1,405,766

(38,339) 1,367,427

1,115,000

(130,992)

RSA

RSA 27 April 2022

5.0 years

£0.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,422,560

1,422,560

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,236,435

1,115,000

2,351,435

1,422,560

1,422,560

-

-

-

-

-

96

97

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Fair value calculations
The award is accounted for as equity-settled under IFRS 2. The fair value of awards which are subject to non-market based performance 
conditions is calculated using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The inputs to this model for awards granted during the financial year 
are detailed below:

10. Taxation

Grant date

Share price at date of grant

Exercise price

Volatility

Expected life (years)

Risk free rate

Dividend yield

Fair value per share

Market based performance condition

Non-market based performance condition/no performance condition

SAYE

LTIP

RSA

25/8/21

27/4/22

27/4/22

£2.115

£2.175

£2.175

£1.70

29%

3.3

n/a

33%

3.3

n/a

33%

5.0

0.227%

1.522%

1.575%

4.53%

4.53%

0%

-

-

-

£0.44

£1.87

£2.175

Expected volatility was determined by using historical share price data of the Company since it listed on 8 June 2015. The expected life used in 
the model has been based on Management’s expectation of the minimum and maximum exercise period of each of the options granted.

The total charge to the income statement for all schemes now in place, included within non-underlying items, is £1,213,000 (2021: £956,000).

9. Financial income and expense

Recognised in profit and loss

Financial income

Interest income 

Total financial income

Financial expense

Interest expense on bank borrowings measured at amortised cost

Interest on lease liability

Total financial expense

Net financial expense

2022
£’000

194

194

(201)

(948)

(1,149)

(955)

2021
£’000

176

176

(416)

(957)

(1,373)

(1,197)

98

Current tax expense
Current tax on profits for the year
Under/(over) provision of taxation in previous period
Total current tax
Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Under provision on share-based payment charges
Total deferred tax expense
Total tax expense

2022
£’000

3,949
15
3,964

(211)
-
(211)
3,753

2021
£’000

3,749
(43)
3,706

(436)
(119)
(555)
3,151

The reasons for the difference between the actual tax charge for the year and the standard rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom 
applied to profits for the year are as follows:

Profit for the year (subject to corporation tax)
Tax using the Company’s domestic tax rate of 19%
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Under/(over) provision of taxation in previous period
Under provision on share-based payment charges
Total tax expense

2022
£’000

18,032
3,426
312
15
-
3,753

2021
£’000
16,308
3,099
214
(43)
(119)
3,151

The Finance Act 2021 increased the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. Closing deferred tax balances have therefore 
been valued at 19% or 25% (2021: 19%) depending on the date they expect to fully unwind. 

11. Earnings per share

Statutory earnings per share

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue, being weighted average 
number of shares for calculating basic earnings per share
Shares deemed to be issued for no consideration in respect of share based payments
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings 
per share

Profit for the year and basic earnings attributable to ordinary equity shareholders
Non-underlying and exceptional items (see note 6)
Operating expenses
Tax on non-underlying and exceptional items

Underlying earnings before non-underlying and exceptional items

2022
Number

2021
Number

118,961,047
2,932,191
121,893,238

117,685,265
823,568
118,508,833

2022
£’000

14,279

3,529
(370)
17,438

2021
£’000

13,157

3,029
(576)
15,604

99

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Earnings per share is calculated as follows:

13. Property, plant and equipment 

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying and exceptional items

Diluted earnings per ordinary share before non-underlying and exceptional items

12. Dividends

Equity shares:

Interim dividend in respect of 2021 (2.5p per share) - 28 June 2021

Final dividend in respect of 2021 (5p per share) - 8 October 2021

Interim dividend in respect of 2022 (3p per share) - 31 March 2022

2022
Pence

12.00

11.71

14.66

14.31

2022
£’000

2,940

5,908

3,582

12,430

2021
Pence

11.18

11.10

13.26

13.17

2021
£’000

-

-

-

-

The board proposes to recommend a final dividend of 5.5p (2021: 5p) per share at the AGM. If approved, this dividend will be paid 
in mid October 2022 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 23 September 2022. The shares will go ex-dividend 
on 22 September 2022. This dividend has not been recognised as a liability in these final statements.

Breach of Companies Acts requirements in respect of historic dividend payments - circular to 
shareholders
The board has become aware of a technical issue in respect of the payment of a number of historic dividends paid by the Company.

The Company has always filed its statutory annual accounts on time in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
(the “Act”), and at all times had sufficient profits and other distributable reserves to justify the payment of dividends.

However, the Company has not satisfied certain procedural requirements of the Act before paying certain of the dividends in the years 
since the Company’s IPO (the “Relevant Distributions”). These procedural requirements relate to the failure to file interim accounts at 
Companies House which justified the payment of interim dividends or the payment of final dividends before the circulation to members of 
the audited accounts of the Company in respect of the relevant financial year.

The Company has been advised that, as a consequence of the above distributions being made otherwise than in accordance with the Act, 
it may have claims against past and present shareholders who were recipients of the Relevant Distributions and against those persons who 
were directors of the Company at the time of the Relevant Distributions.

The Company wishes to put all potentially affected parties so far as possible in the position in which they were always intended to be had 
the Relevant Distributions been made in accordance with the procedural requirements of the Act.

Accordingly, a resolution will be proposed at the upcoming annual general meeting, which will, if passed, give the board authority to enter 
into deeds of release to discharge these parties from any obligation to repay any amount to the Company in connection with the Relevant 
Distributions.

The proposed ratification of the Relevant Distributions, and the entry by the Company into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release and Directors’ 
Deed of Release will not have any effect on the Company’s financial position.

A circular to shareholders to convene the annual general meeting and giving more information about the Relevant Distributions will be sent 
to shareholders shortly.

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Equipment
£’000

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

462

-

(145)

317

317

23

-

340

327

23

(141)

209

209

-

22

-

231

108

109

6,207

302

(16)

6,493

6,493

266

583

(110)

7,232

5,157

670

(13)

5,814

5,814

173

514

(94)

6,407

679

825

5,226

201

(31)

5,396

5,396

63

169

-

5,628

4,538

352

(30)

4,860

4,860

53

315

-

5,228

536

400

26,146

9,238

(1,359)

34,025

34,025

793

610

-

35,428

3,267

3,751

-

7,018

7,018

-

3,783

-

10,801

27,007

24,627

Cost

Balance at 1 May 2020

Additions

Disposal

As at 30 April 2021

Balance at 1 May 2021

Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments

Additions

Disposal

As at 30 April 2022

Depreciation and impairment 

Balance at 1 May 2020

Depreciation charge for the year

Eliminated on disposal

Balance at 30 April 2021

Balance at 1 May 2021

Arising on acquisition after fair value 
adjustments

Depreciation charge for the year

Eliminated on disposal

Balance at 30 April 2022

Net book value

At 30 April 2021

At 30 April 2022

14. Investment property

Fair value

Balance at 1 May 2020 and 30 April 2021

Balance at 1 May 2021 and 30 April 2022

Total
£’000

38,041

9,741

(1,551)

46,231

46,231

1,122

1,385

(110)

48,628

13,289

4,796

(184)

17,901

17,901

226

4,634

(94)

22,667

28,330

25,961

£’000

164

164

The Group’s interest in its freehold property at 216 Capella House, Celestia Falcon Drive, Cardiff Bay, Cardiff, CF10 4RE was valued as at 
30 April 2022 at £164,000 (2021: £164,000) by the Directors based on current open market values for existing use. However, it was noted 
that a valuation by a qualified individual with relevant experience has not been performed during the year on the basis that it is not expected 
by the Directors to have materially changed. Rental income of £nil (2021: £nil) was received during the year. Services charges of £3,089 
(2021: £3,089) were incurred during the year.

100

101

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

15. Intangible assets and goodwill

Deemed cost
At 1 May 2020
Adjustment 
At 30 April 2021 
Arising through business combinations
At 30 April 2022

Amortisation
At 1 May 2020
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2021
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2022

Carrying amounts
At 30 April 2021
At 30 April 2022

Goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:

Property Group
Gateley Capitus Limited
Gateley Hamer Limited
GCL Solicitors (acquisition of trade and assets)
Persona Associates Limited
Gateley Vinden Limited
Tozer Gallagher (acquisition of trade and assets)
Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Employment, Pensions and Benefits Group
Kiddy & Partners Limited
International Investment Services Limited
T-three Consulting Limited

Business services Group
Gateley Tweed (acquisition of goodwill)
Adamson Jones IP Limited 

102

Goodwill
£’000

12,329
(631)
11,698
8,440
20,138

-
-
-
-
-

11,698
20,138

Customer
lists and
brands
£’000

9,850
-
9,850
9,929
19,779

3,741
2,042
5,783
1,544
7,327

4,067
12,452

2022
£’000 

1,515
1,161
2,900
40
2,259
405
6,605
14,885

1,600
338
309
2,247

1,576
1,430
3,006

Total
£’000

22,179
(631)
21,548
18,369
39,917

3,741
2,042
5,783
1,544
7,327

15,765
32,590

2021
£’000 

1,515
1,161
2,900
40
2,259
-
-
7,875

1,600
338
309
2,247

1,576
-
1,576

20,138

11,698

Impairment testing
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment. The impairment test involves determining the recoverable amount of the cash generating 
unit (CGU) to which the goodwill has been allocated. The Directors believe that each operating segment represents a cash generating unit 
for the business and as a result, impairment is tested for each segment, and all the assets of each segment are considered. 

The recoverable amount is based on the present value of expected future cash flows (value in use) which was determined to be higher than 
the carrying amount of goodwill so no impairment loss was recognised. 

Value in use was determined by discounting the future cash flows generated from the continuing operation of the Group and was based on 
the following key assumptions:

• 

• 

 A pre-tax discount rate of between 12 and 21% (2021: 12-21%) was applied in determining the recoverable amount. The discount 
rate is based on the Group’s average weighted cost of capital of 10.18% and adjusted according to the risks attributable to each CGU. 

 The values assigned to the key assumptions represent Management’s estimate of expected future trends and are based on both 
external (industry experience, historic market performance and current estimates of risks associated with trading conditions) and 
internal sources (existing Management knowledge, track record and an in-depth understanding of the work types being performed). 

o 

o 

o 

o 

 Growth rates of between 2% to 10% (2021: -25-10%) are based on Management’s understanding of the market opportunities for 
services provided pertaining to the industry in which each CGU is aligned. 

 Increases in costs are based on current inflation rates and expected levels of recruitment needed to generate predicted revenue growth.

 Attrition rates are based on the historic experience and trends of client activity over a two to three year period and applied to 
future fee forecasts.

 Cash flows have been typically assessed over a five-year period which Management extrapolates cash using a terminal value calculation 
based on an estimated growth rate of 2%. The expected current UK economic growth forecasts for the legal services market is 2%.

• 

 The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis on the impairment test of the CGU carrying value. The Directors believe that any 
reasonably possible change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount of goodwill is based would not cause the 
aggregate carrying amount to exceed the aggregate recoverable amount of the CGU. 

16. Acquisitions
During the year ended 30 April 2022 the Group completed three acquisitions, the table below summarises the consideration paid:

Total fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired 
Goodwill

Total consideration
Satisfied by:
Cash
Equity instruments
Contingent cash consideration payable 
Contingent shares consideration payable 

Total consideration
Net cash outflows arising on acquisition
Cash consideration
Acquisition costs
Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Total
£’000

12,380
8,440
20,820

7,033
8,335
2,776
2,676
20,820

(7,033)
(373)
1,051
(6,355)

103

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinued 
 
 
 
Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Details of individual acquisitions are included below:

Acquisition of Tozer Gallagher LLP
On 22 July 2021 Gateley Vinden Limited acquired the business and assets of Tozer Gallagher LLP, a leading practice of chartered quantity 
surveyors and construction consultants. Tozer Gallagher was founded over 30 years ago and is a nationally recognised and highly respected 
practice of chartered quantity surveyors and construction consultants based in Manchester and London. The business specialises in built 
environment consultancy, fund monitoring services, and surety advisory.

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand

Prepayments 

Accrued income

Total assets

Accruals and other payables

Lease liability

Deferred tax

Total liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by:

Initial cash consideration paid

Issue of 142,179 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Contingent cash consideration payable 

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Cash consideration

Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount 
£’000

Policy alignment 
and fair value 
adjustments 
£’000

7

-

14

101

122

(4)

-

-

(4)

118

36

393

-

-

429

-

(36)

(98)

(134)

295

Total
£’000

43

393

14

101

551

(4)

(36)

(98)

(138)

413

405

818

418

300

100

818

(418)

-

(418)

Acquisition of the Adamson Jones Holdings Limited (“Adamson Jones”)
On 7 January 2022 the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Adamson Jones via the acquisition of the entire issued share 
capital of Adamson Jones Holdings Limited that owns 100% of the entire issued share capital of Adamson Jones IP Limited. Adamson Jones 
provides intellectual property (IP) services encompassing patent, design and trademark protection advice in the UK, Europe and around 
the world.

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as set out in the table below:

Property, plant and equipment

Cash 

Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand

Trade receivables

Total assets

Trade payables

Deferred income

Accruals and other payables

Other tax and social security

Deferred tax

Total liabilities 

Total identifiable net assets at fair value 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by:

Initial cash consideration paid

Issue of 543,668 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Cash paid

Acquisition costs 

Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount 
£’000

Policy alignment 
and fair value 
adjustments 
£’000

38

48

-

564

650

(257)

(11)

(30)

(82)

-

(380)

270

-

-

1,067

-

1,067

-

-

-

-

(267)

(267)

800

Total
£’000

38

48

1,067

564

1,717

(257)

(11)

(30)

(82)

(267)

(647)

1,070

1,430

2,500

1,255

1,245

2,500

(1,255)

(36)

48

(1,243)

The goodwill of £405,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition. This is contingent on Tozer Gallagher achieving revenue 
in excess of £850k in the 12 month period ending 21 July 2022. The sellers will receive £1 of contingent consideration for every £1 they 
exceed £850k up to a maximum consideration of £0.1m. The contingent consideration totalling £100,000 will be settled during 
September 2022.

From the date of acquisition Tozer Gallagher has contributed £0.7m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue would have been higher by £0.2m. The profit 
contributed is not separately identifiable due to its trade and assets being incorporated into Gateley Vinden Limited upon acquisition. 

The goodwill of £1,430,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.

From the date of acquisition Adamson Jones has contributed £1.2m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income 
together with after tax profit of £0.1m. If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue and profit 
after tax would have been higher by £2.4m and £0.3m respectively.

104

105

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedAcquisition of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited (formerly Smithers Purslow Limited) 
(‘Smithers Purslow’)
On 19 April 2022 Gateley (Holdings) Plc acquired the entire issued share capital of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited (formerly Smithers 
Purslow Limited) via the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of SP 2018 Limited. Smithers Purslow is a specialist business offering 
corporate advisory, dispute and consultancy to the built environment in the property and construction markets. 

Pre-acquisition 
carrying amount 
£’000

Policy alignment 
and fair value 
adjustments 
£’000

69

-

2,560

1,003

2,531

411

6,574

(417)

(559)

(406)

-

(585)

(12)

(1,979)

4,595

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible asset relating to customer list and brand

Work in progress

Cash 

Trade receivables

Prepayments and accrued income 

Total assets

Trade payables

Accruals and other payables

Current tax

Lease liability

Contingent liability

Other tax and social security

Deferred tax

Total liabilities

Total identifiable net liabilities at fair value 

Goodwill arising on acquisition 

Total consideration 

Satisfied by: 

Initial cash consideration paid 

Issue of 3,312,322 new 10p ordinary shares in Gateley (Holdings) Plc

Contingent cash consideration payable

Contingent share consideration payable

Total consideration

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Cash paid 

Acquisition costs

Net cash acquired

Net cash outflow arising on acquisition 

Total
£’000

826

8,469

2,560

1,003

2,531

411

757

8,469

-

-

-

-

9,226

15,800

-

-

-

(757)

(50)

-

(2,117)

(2,924)

6,302

(417)

(559)

(406)

(757)

(50)

(585)

(2,129)

(4,903)

10,897

6,605

17,502

5,360

6,790

2,676

2,676

17,502

(5,360)

(192)

1,003

(4,549)

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

A contingent consideration arrangement was entered into as part of the acquisition. A further £7.85 million could be payable with any 
payment subject to Smithers Purslow achieving at least £4.5 million of EBITDA over the 24 months to 30 September 2023. Such payment 
is to be split in shares and cash as agreed between the Sellers and the Company, providing no Seller is entitled to receive more than 50% of 
their total consideration in cash.

From the date of acquisition Smithers Purslow has contributed £0.6m of revenue to the Group’s Statement of Comprehensive Income 
together with after tax profit (before exceptional items) of £0.2m. If the acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial 
year, Group revenue and profit after tax would have been higher by £11.4m and £1.2m respectively.

17. Other intangible assets

Cost
Balance at 1 May 2020
Additions

At 30 April 2021
Additions

At 30 April 2022
Amortisation
Balance at 1 May 2020
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2021
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2022
Net book amount at 30 April 2021

Net book amount at 30 April 2022

IT development 
costs
£’000

Computer
software
£’000

258
-
-
258
-

258

-
-
-
-
-
258
258

111
10
-
121
319

440

66
31
97
37
134
24
306

Total
£’000

369
10
-

379
319
698

66
31

97
37
134
282

564

The Group’s amortisation policy, as disclosed in note 1.10, is to amortise other intangible assets from the date they are made available for 
use. As at 30 April 2022 the software relating to the IT development costs was not available for use, therefore no amortisation has been 
recognised. The software came into use following the period end. 

18. Other investments
The Group holds other investment interests in the following third party investments:

Fair value

Balance at 1 May 2020

Additions

Balance at 30 April 2021

Loss on revaluation - FVOCI

Balance at 30 April 2022

£’000

229

134

363

(190)

173

The goodwill of £6,605,000 arising from the acquisition represents the assembled workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes. All the effects of this acquisition on the Group’s assets and liabilities are disclosed as provisional due to 
the proximity of the acquisition to the balance sheet date.

£15,000 (2021: £15,000) – Gateley Investments Limited holds a 1.9% investment in the ordinary shares of Manchester Biotech Limited 
(formerly PeptiGelDesign Ltd).

£157,998 (2021: £347,734) – Gateley Plc holds a 3.0% investment in the ordinary shares in Incanthera Plc, acquired on 26 February 2021.

106

107

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

19. Contract assets and liabilities

20. Trade and other receivables

As at 30 April 2022
As at 30 April 2021

Contract 
assets
£’000

17,239
13,900

Trade
receivables
£’000

50,201
36,680

Contract 
liabilities
£’000

(569)
(1,243)

Trade receivables

Prepayments

Other receivables including insurance receivables

2022
£’000

50,201

5,626

341

56,168

2021
£’000

36,680

5,699

714

43,093

Contract assets
Contract assets consist of unbilled revenue in respect of professional services performed to date.

Contract assets in relation to non-contingent work are recognised at appropriate intervals, normally on a monthly basis in arrears, in line 
with the performance of the services and engagement obligations. Where such matters remain unbilled at the period end the asset is valued 
on a contract-by-contract basis at its expected recoverable amount.

Contract assets in relation to contingent work are recognised at a point in time once the uncertainty over the contingent event has been 
satisfied and all performance obligations satisfied, such that it is no longer contingent, these matters are valued based on the expected 
recoverable amount. Due to the complex nature of these matters, they can take a considerable time to be finalised therefore performance 
obligations may be settled in one period but the matter not billed until a later financial period. Until the performance obligations have been 
performed the Group does not recognise any contract asset value at the year end.

During the year, contract assets of £2,661,000 (2021: £nil) were acquired in business combinations.

An impairment loss of £108,000 has been recognised in relation to contract assets in the year (2021: gain £89,000). This is based on the 
expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The contract asset loss is estimated at 0.6% (2021: gain 0.6%) of the balance.

Contract assets recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract assets, as detailed in note 1.16. 

Contract asset value at 1 May 2021
Contract assets arising on acquisition 
Contract asset value added in the year 
Contract asset value realised in the year 
Contract asset value at 30 April 2022

2022
£’000

13,900
2,661
19,237
(18,559)
17,239

2021
£’000
11,684
-
17,452
(15,236)
13,900

The Group have applied ECLs to unbilled revenue in order to account for the potential default on amounts not yet billed to the client. The 
ECLs have been calculated on the same basis as those applied to trade receivables.

Contract liabilities
When matters are billed in advance or on a basis of a monthly retainer, this is recognised in contract liabilities and released over time when 
the services are performed.

Contract liabilities recognised under IFRS 15
Under IFRS 15 the Group is required to recognise contract liabilities.

Contract liabilities at 1 May 2021
Contract liabilities gained in the year
Contract liabilities credited to P&L in year
Contract liabilities at 30 April 2022

108

2022
£’000

1,243
533
(1,207)
569

2021
£’000
70
1,207
(34)
1,243

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recognised when a bill has been issued to the client, as this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional 
because only the passage of time is required before the payment is due. Trade receivables also includes disbursements.

Bills are payable within thirty days unless otherwise agreed with the client.

All trade receivables are repayable within one year.

Movement in loss allowance 

Brought forward provision

Recognition of provisions for businesses acquired

Provision utilised

Charged to statement of profit and loss

Provisions released

2022
£’000

(4,171)

(173)

1,161

(1,173)

415

(3,941)

2021
£’000

(2,967)

-

719

(2,391)

468

(4,171)

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for the expected credit losses under IFRS 9. Management have also elected to apply 
an uplift to the IFRS 9 provision in the current year to account for the specific risks in the subsidiary entities where the application of IFRS 9 
alone is not considered appropriate. The provision uplift is based on Management’s assessment of specific clients and related debts, this is 
presented separately to the ECL provision detailed below:

Expected credit loss rate 

Estimated total gross carrying amount £’000

Lifetime ECL £’000

Not passed
due 

Past due
 0-30 days 

Past due 
31-120 days 

3.60%

31,544

1,136

4.45%

4,642

207

5.11%

5,429

277

Past due
greater than
120 days 

18.53%

12,526

2,321

Total

54,141

3,941

The carrying amount of financial assets (including contract assets but not including equity investments) recorded in the financial 
statements, which is net of any impairment losses, represents the Group’s maximum expected exposure to credit risk. Financial assets 
include client and other receivables and cash. The Group does not hold collateral over these balances.

All the Group’s trade and other receivables have been reviewed for indicators of impairment. The specifically impaired trade receivables are 
mostly due to customers experiencing financial difficulties.

An impairment loss of £1,173,000 has been recognised in relation to trade receivables in the year (2021: £1,525,000). This is based on the 
expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of these types of assets. The trade receivables loss is estimated at 2.3% (2021: 3.7%) of the balance.

109

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

21. Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

22. Trade and other payables

The contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost, with the exception of 
loans to members that are held at fair value, are described below. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and 
foreign currency risk, see note 27.

Non-Current liabilities

Bank borrowings

2022

Fair
value
£’000

5,715

Carrying
amount
£’000

5,715

2021

Fair
value
£’000

-

Carrying
amount
£’000

-

On 18 April 2022, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility which provides total committed funding of £30m until April 2025. 
Interest is payable at a margin of 1.95% above the SONIA reference rate. On 19 April 2022 £6m was drawdown against the facility in order 
to fund the initial cash consideration in the acquisition of SP 2018 Limited. 

As at 30 April 2022, the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest payments where 
applicable) as summarised below:

30 April 2022

Bank borrowings

Trade and other payables

Total

Current

Within 
6 months
£’000

-

8,309

8,309

6 to 
12 months
£’000

-

-

-

Non-current
1 – 5 
years
£’000

Later than
5 years
£’000

6,000

-

6,000

-

-

-

This compares to the maturity of the Group’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:

30 April 2021

Trade and other payables

Total

Current

Within 
6 months
£’000

8,130

8,130

6 to 
12 months
£’000

-

-

Non-current
1 – 5 
years
£’000

Later than
5 years
£’000

120

120

-

-

The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ to the carrying values of the liabilities at the reporting 
date.

110

Current

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security payable

Other payables

Contingent consideration

Accruals

Deferred income

Non-current

Other payables

Contingent consideration

2022
£’000

7,935

10,122

374

100

12,693

569

31,793

£’000

-

5,360

5,360

2021
£’000

6,086

9,641

582

135

11,345

1,243

29,032

£’000

120

-

120

£100,000 of current contingent consideration represents the earn-out sums payable to the sellers of Tozer Gallagher LLP. 

All contingent consideration is Level Three in the fair value hierarchy as there are no observable inputs. Amounts have been calculated 
based on the Group’s expectation of what it will pay in relation to the earn-out clause of the relevant sale and purchase agreement 
discounted to present value. The earn-out targets are based on the annual results of the acquired business. The fair value of the earn-out 
consideration is calculated based on the forecasted results, using EBIT growth rate ranges from 2-10%, to give an estimate of the final 
obligation capped at the maximum earn-out amount stated in the purchase agreement. Where contingent consideration is due over a 
period of more than one year the value of the consideration is discounted and recorded at the present value. The discount rate applied in 
determining the present value of contingent consideration is 4.75%. 

23. Deferred tax 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarised below:

Deferred tax asset
The deferred tax asset recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the future tax impact of issued share based 
payments schemes that are yet to vest.

At 1 May 2021

Credited during the year to retained earnings

Debited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 

At 30 April 2022

Share-based payments
£’000

138

563

(63)

638

111

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedDeferred tax liability 
The deferred tax liability recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position represents the future tax impact of the Group’s 
benefit from customer lists obtained through acquisitions.

At 1 May 2020

Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement

At 30 April 2021

Arising through business combinations – Tozer Gallagher LLP,  
Adamson Jones Holdings Limited and SP 2018 Limited

Credited during the year in the Consolidated income statement 

At 30 April 2022

24. Provisions

Current provision

Professional indemnity provision 

Total current provision

Non-current provision 

Professional indemnity provision 

Dilapidations provision 

Total non-current provision

Total provisions 

Professional indemnity estimated claim cost

Brought forward

Provisions made during the year

Provisions reversed during the year

At end of year

Non-current

Current

Customer lists
£’000

1,208

(436)

772

2,482

(165)

3,089

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

101

101

649

214

863

964

2022
£’000

725

35

(10)

750

649

101

750

176

176

549

214

763

939

2021
£’000

713

385

(373)

725

549

176

725

The Group from time to time receives claims in respect of alleged professional negligence which it defends where appropriate but makes 
provision for the best estimate of probable amounts considered likely to be payable as set out above. Inevitably, these estimates depend on 
the outcome and timing of future events and may need to be revised as circumstances change. A different assessment of the likely outcome 
in each case or of the probable cost involved may result in a different level of provision recognised. Professional indemnity Insurance cover 
is maintained in respect of professional negligence claims. 

112

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Dilapidations provision
The Group has leases for a number of offices, some of which include dilapidation clauses. The Group maintains the office buildings 
throughout each lease term with regular maintenance, however a cost is likely to arise at the end of the lease term in order to return the 
space to its original condition. Management have therefore elected to introduce a dilapidations provision to account for the future cost. 
The provision is based on Management’s estimate of the total costs across all applicable lease to be recognised on a straight line basis over 
the total lease terms.

At 1 May 

Provision made in the year 

At 30 April

25. Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents

Debt

Total loans brought forward

Revolving credit facility – due in more than one year 

New lease liability in the year 

Repayment of loans from former members 

Repayment of term loans 

Termination of lease 

Repayment of lease liability

Total loan carried forward 

Brought forward from previous year

Movement during year

Net debt at the year end

2022
£’000

214

-

214

2022
£’000

16,105

(30,445)

(5,715)

(2,351)

-

-

-

3,870

(34,641)

(10,840)

(7,696)

(18,536)

2021
£’000

-

214

214

2021
£’000

19,605

(29,262)

-

(9,385)

729

3,077

1,359

3,037

(30,445)

(26,339)

15,499

(10,840)

113

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

The changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities can be classified as follows:

The Company has one class of Ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

Long term 
borrowings
£’000

Short term 
borrowings
£’000

-

-

5,715

-

-

5,715

-

-

-

-

-

-

Long term 
borrowings
£’000

3,077

Short term 
borrowings
£’000

729

Lease 
liabilities
£’000

30,445

(3,870)

-

793

1,558

28,926

Lease 
liabilities
£’000

25,456

Total
£’000

30,445

(3,870)

5,715

793

1,558

34,641

Total
£’000

29,262

(3,077)

(729)

(3,037)

(6,843)

-

-

-

-

8,026

30,445

8,026

30,445

1 May 2021

Cashflows:

Repayments

Receipt of revolving credit facility

Non-cash

Fair value on acquisition 

New lease liability in the year 

30 April 2022

1 May 2020

Cashflows:

Repayments

Non-cash

New lease liability in the year 

30 April 2021

26. Share capital
Authorised, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Brought forward

Issued on acquisition of Tozer Gallagher LLP

Issued on acquisition of Adamson Jones IP Limited

Issued on acquisition of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Gateley 
Vinden Limited

Issued on vesting of RSA

Issued on vesting of SAYE 

Issued on vesting of CSOPS

At 30 April 2022

2022
Number

2022
£

2021
Number

2021
£

117,914,205

11,791,420

117,609,094

11,760,909

142,179

543,668

3,312,322

-

1,477,560

308,819

858,126

14,218

54,367

331,232

-

147,756

30,882

85,813

-

-

-

197,368

-

107,743

-

-

-

-

19,737

-

10,774

-

124,556,879

12,455,688

117,914,205

11,791,420

On 22 July 2021 the Group acquired the trade and assets of Tozer Gallagher LLP in part for the issue of 142,179 10p ordinary shares.

On 9 January 2022 the Company acquired Adamson Jones IP Limited and dormant group companies in part for the issue of 543,668 10p 
ordinary shares.

On 19 April 2022 the Company acquired Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited (Formerly Smithers Purslow Limited) and other group companies in 
part for the issue of 3,312,322 10p ordinary shares.

Between 1 May 2021 and 19 April 2022 308,819 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2018 SAYE schemes to participants. 

Between 3 August 2021 and 1 November 2021 858,126 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2018 CSOP schemes to participants. 

On 27 April 2022 1,477,560 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2022 RSA scheme to participants.

27. Financial instruments and related disclosures

Financial risk management
The board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing and 
managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the board, who 
also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.

Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Group.

As the Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash, client receivables and unbilled revenue, the main risks are those that relate to 
credit in regard to receivables.

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The 
Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables.

The Group continuously monitors the credit quality of customers and risk attributable to specific debts. The Group’s policy is to deal only 
with credit worthy counterparties, with standard credit terms being 30 days. The credit terms as negotiated with customers are subject to 
close monitoring and internal approval. The ongoing credit risk is managed through regular review of ageing analysis.

Trade receivables across the Group have been assessed with regard to credit risk characteristics which vary across segmental reporting lines 
according to the nature of the industry, size and financial position of the counterparty. The Group also considers days past due in making 
this assessment as well as historical credit losses experienced within over a period of 12 months before 30 April 2022.

The expected loss rates derived from this assessment are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information affecting the ability 
of the customers to settle the receivables. The Group has a policy of performing credit checks and the large spread of reputable clients 
ensures there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk.

Historic cash collection rates and the Group write-off of financial instruments do not show an increased likelihood of default once the 
payments are more than 30 days past due. The Group hold long standing relationships with most clients therefore there is no increased risk 
perceived based on the age of the contractual payment alone. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for all 
trade receivables and contract assets.

The board considers financial instruments where contractual payments are significantly past due on a monthly basis to determine the risk of 
default. As part of this process and financial instruments that have had a significant increase in credit risk are identified. For these purposes 
default is considered to be where the counterparty to the financial instrument fails to fulfil part or all of their financial obligation. The Group 
will consider a financial asset to be credit impaired based on both the age of the item and specific knowledge held by the fee earner in 
relation to the client’s ability and intention to meet their obligations. 

In circumstances where fee earners and the board find sufficient indicators that there is no longer reasonable expectation of recovery, the 
amounts are written off.

114

115

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedLiquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group ensures that it has 
sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash or working capital 
facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Group.

Gateley Plc is financed through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with cash generated from operations. The board reviews 
the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value of the future 
capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the budget with any 
significant variance being reported to the board. 

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income. The 
Group’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider this to be a significant 
risk to the Group.

Interest rate risk
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to SONIA plus a margin. Management do not consider this to be a 
significant risk to the Group. 

Foreign currency risk
The Group has an overseas operation based in Dubai and another in the Republic of Ireland which, therefore, exposes the Group to changes 
in Sterling/Dirhams and Sterling/Euro exchange rates. Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Group due to the 
total value of transactions conducted in Dubai and the Republic of Ireland.

Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:

Trade receivables, trade payables, short term 
deposits and borrowings

The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the short maturity of these 
instruments.

Long-term borrowings

The fair value of bank loans and other loans approximates to the carrying value reported 
in the statement of financial position.

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value should be measured with reference to the following levels:

• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

• 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

116

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets and 
liabilities and their fair value):

Cash and cash equivalents

Contract assets

Trade receivables at amortised cost

Total financial assets

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration at FVTPL

Short-term borrowings

Current financial liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Other payables due after more than one year

Contingent consideration at FVTPL

Total financial liabilities

2022
£’000

16,105

17,239

50,201

83,545

(21,002)

(100)

-

2021
£’000

19,605

13,900

36,680

70,185

(18,013)

(135)

-

(21,102)

(18,148)

(5,715)

-

(5,360)

(32,177)

-

(120)

-

(18,268)

Financial assets contain trade receivables and unbilled revenue whereas financial liabilities contain trade payables, other payables and 
accruals.

Measurement of fair value of financial instruments 
The Group performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values, in consultation with third 
party valuation specialists for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the characteristics of each instrument, with 
the overall objective of maximising the use of market-based information. 

Fair value measurement of contingent consideration
All contingent consideration relating to business combinations is Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as there are no observable inputs. The 
fair value of contingent consideration is estimated using the present value technique, based on estimated future cash outflows discounted 
at 4.75% being the applicable weighted average cost of debt. Where the contingent consideration is due less in less than 12 months, no 
discount factor is applied. The estimated cash outflows before discounting reflect Management’s estimate of the earnout due based on 
the forecasted results, using EBIT growth rates ranging from 2-10%, capped at the maximum earn-out amount as stated in the purchase 
agreement. The earn-out targets are based on the annual results of the acquired business. An increase in the forecasted EBITDA of 1% 
would result in an increase of £46,000 in contingent consideration, a decrease in the forecasted EBITDA of 1% would result in a decrease of 
£46,000 in contingent consideration due. 

The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified within Level 3 is as follows:

Balance at 1 May 

Arising on business combination

Amount of earn-out paid

Amount recognised in profit or loss 

Balance at 30 April 

2022
£’000

135

5,452

-

(127)

5,460

Contingent 
consideration
2021
£’000

1,149

-

(368)

(646)

135

117

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedBusiness Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

Current lease liability

Non-current lease liability 

2022
£’000

3,719

25,207

2021
£’000

2,743

27,702

A number of property leases held by the Group include break or termination options. The lease liability has been calculated based on the 
likelihood of such option being exercised. An option would only be exercised when in line with the Groups wider strategy.

In line with IFRS 16 Leases the Group has elected not to recognise a lease liability for leases with a term of 12 months or less, or for leases 
of low value assets. The payments made under such leases are expensed to the profit and loss on a straight-line basis. Any variable lease 
payments incurred are expensed as incurred.

The table below shows amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for short term and low value leases as at 30 April 
2022:

Expenses relating to short-term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets, excluding short-term leases of 
low value assets

Property
£’000

Equipment
£’000

26

-

26

23

17

40

Total
£’000

49

17

66

The total minimum undiscounted lease payments at 30 April 2022 under non-cancellable operating lease rentals were:

Within one year

In the second to fifth year inclusive

After five years

30. Related parties

30 April 2022
£’000

30 April 2021
£’000

4,645

22,435

16,606

43,686

3,024

15,921

13,822

32,767

Gateley Plc entered into a lease agreement for the Leicester office, in which some of the directors have a beneficial interest. The annual rent 
charge under the lease is £120,000 (2021: £120,000) and the amounts outstanding at the year-end are £nil (2021: £80,000).

Mattiolli Woods Plc

The Company’s Non-Executive Director, Joanne Lake, was Non-Executive Director and Chairman of Mattiolli Woods Plc during the year 
(resigned 8 April 2022). Mattiolli Woods Plc and its subsidiaries are a provider of wealth management and employee benefit services. 
During the year, the Group paid Mattiolli Woods Plc a total of £52,009 (2021: £49,046) in respect of employee benefits services provided 
by Mattiolli Woods Plc. The Group received revenues of £900 (2021: £nil) in respect of legal services provided to Mattiolli Woods Plc and 
its subsidiaries. No amounts were outstanding at the year-end (2021: £nil). 

Financial instruments sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate and currency risks, the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on its earnings. At the end of 
each reporting period, the effect of hypothetical changes in interest and currency rates are as follows:

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the Group’s sensitivity to interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank 
borrowings which attract interest at floating rates) if interest rates were to change by +/- 1%. The impact on the results in the statement of 
profit and loss and other comprehensive income and equity would be:

+1 % movement in interest rates

-1 % movement in interest rates

2022
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000

1

(1)

2021
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000

-

-

The borrowing facilities arranged include overdraft facility and short term borrowing facilities. All borrowings are repayable within one year.

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity analysis
The Group had the following net currency denominated financial instruments at year end:

Net currency

The effect of foreign currency fluctuations on the financial statements is immaterial.

28. Capital commitments

2022
£’000

183

2021
£’000

345

In 2021 the Group entered a contract with a provider of legal technology for the development of a new practice management system, with 
Thomson Reuters for the installation of their market leading practice management system. The cost of the contractual capital commitment 
was £1.1million and was incurred across calendar years 2021 and 2022. The outstanding obligation at year end is £nil.

29. Leases liabilities – IFRS 16

The Group has leases for offices, vehicles and some IT equipment, with the exception of short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
each lease is held on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability. Property leases have a remaining term of one 
to ten years. Leases of vehicles and IT equipment have a term of three to five years. Lease payments on all those recognised on the balance 
sheet are fixed. Unless there is a contractual right for the Group to sublet the asset to a third party, the right of use asset can only be used 
by the Group. 

The table below provides additional information on the right-of-use assets by class of assets:

Number of 
leased assets*

Average 
length of lease 
remaining 

Opening lease 
asset 
£’000

Net additions 
£’000

Depreciation
£’000

Closing lease 
asset
£’000

Office buildings 

IT equipment

17

2

5.9 years 

 2years

26,986

21

1,397

6

(3,767)

(16)

24,616

11

*  Where properties within the same building are leased on a floor by floor basis on the same contractual terms, the Group has elected to treat these as a portfolio and are counted 

as a single leased asset within the table 

118

119

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotes to the consolidated financial statementscontinuedGateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
continued

Compensation paid to key management personnel
At the year end, Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc control 4.60% (2021: 5.35%) of the voting shares of the Company. 

The key management personnel comprise the Strategic Board on the basis that they make any final key decisions.

Short term compensation paid to key management personnel during the year totalled £4.101m (2021: £3.088m).

Short term remuneration to key management personnel is included in personnel costs and analysed as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security

Pension costs

Share based payment charges

31. Pensions

2022
£’000

3,553

512

-

36

4,101

2021
£’000

2,713

374

-

1

3,088

The Group participates in a defined contribution scheme operated by Aegon UK Plc, the assets of which are held separately from the Group. 
The amounts charged to the profit and loss account in respect of this scheme represent contributions payable in respect of the accounting 
year. The total annual pension cost for the defined contribution scheme was £2,076,081 (2021: £1,704,636) and the outstanding balance 
at the year end was £40,609 (2021: £30,417).

120

121Business OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceOur FinancialsNote2022£’0002021£’000Non-current assetsInvestments554,24233,027Total non-current assets54,24233,027Current assetsTrade and other receivables65,9136,769Cash and cash equivalents439107Total current assets6,3526,854Total assets60,59439,903Non-current liabilities Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings8(5,715)-Other payables 7(5,360)-Total non-current liabilities (11,075)-Current liabilitiesOther payables7(27)(152)Total current liabilities(27)(152)Total liabilities(11,102)(152)Net assets49,49239,751EquityShare capital912,45611,792Share premium11,3429,421Other reserves14,4656,815Retained earnings11,22911,723Total equity 49,49239,751Under section s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss account. The profit for the year to 30 April 2022 was £10,723,499 (2021: £5,131,791). These financial statements were approved by the directors on 12 September 2022 and were signed and authorised on their behalf by:Rodrick Neil A Smith Chief Executive Officer  Finance DirectorCompany registered number: 09310078The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 134 form an integral part of these financial statements.Parent company statement of financial positionat 30 April 2022 Parent company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 April 2022

Parent company cash flow statement 
for the year ended 30 April 2022 

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

At May 2020

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Dividend paid

Issue of share capital 

Share based payment transactions

Total equity at 30 April 2021

At May 2021

Comprehensive income:

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners:

Dividend paid

Issue of share capital 

Share based payment transactions

Total equity at 30 April 2022

Share capital
£’000

Share premium
£’000

Other reserves
£’000

11,761

8,938

6,812

Retained
earnings
£’000

5,635

Total Equity
£’000

33,146

-

-

-

31

-

11,792

11,792

-

-

-

664

-

12,456

-

-

-

483

-

9,421

9,421

-

-

-

1,921

-

11,342

-

-

-

3

-

6,815

6,815

-

-

-

7,650

-

14,465

5,132

5,132

-

-

956

11,723

11,723

10,723

10,723

5,132

5,132

-

517

956

39,751

39,751

10,723

10,723

(12,430)

(12,430)

-

1,213

11,229

10,235

1,213

49,492

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Share premium – Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value.

Other reserves – Represents the difference between the actual and nominal value of shares issued by the company in the acquisition of 
subsidiaries.

Retained earnings – All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners not recognised anywhere else.

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 134 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit for the year

Interest expense

Release of contingent consideration

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities

Consideration paid on acquisitions

Contingent consideration paid

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Receipt of funds for issue of SAYE/CSOP/RSA shares

Receipt of revolving credit facility, net of refinancing costs

Receipt of funds for issue of shares on acquisition of Tozer Gallagher

Dividends paid

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

The accompanying notes on pages 122 to 134 form an integral part of these financial statements.

2022
£’000

10,723

8

(135)

10

856

11,462

(6,615)

-

(6,615)

1,900

5,715

300

(12,430)

(4,515)

332

107

439

2021
£’000

5,132

-

-

(595)

(4,541)

(4)

-

(363)

(363)

299

-

-

-

299

(68)

175

107

122

123

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
For the period ended 30 April 2022
(forming part of the financial statements)

1. Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies

Gateley (Holdings) Plc (the “Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK under the Companies Act. The nature of the 
Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in the strategic report.

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting standards and with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The accounting policies set out below have, unless 
otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial statements.

Judgements made by the Directors, in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the financial statements 
and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year are discussed in note 13 below.

The individual financial statements of the Company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purposes of the financial statements, the results and financial position of the company are expressed in 
GBP, which is the functional and presentational currency of the Company.

Measurement convention
The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except where Adopted IFRSs require an alternative treatment. The 
principal variations relate to financial instruments which are carried at fair value.

1.1  Going concern
See full explanation on page 24 of the Strategic Report.

Having reviewed the Company’s forecasts, which includes an analysis of both short term cash flow forecasts and longer term cash flow 
forecasts, the risk and uncertainties surrounding the current and future demand for legal services, and other reasonably possible variations 
in trading performance, and the possible impact of Covid-19 the Company expects to be able to operate within the Company’s financing 
facilities and in accordance with the covenants set out in those facility agreements.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed in respect of specific scenarios which could negatively impact our future performance such as lower 
levels of revenue growth, lower than forecast receipts of cash, and reduced levels of gross margin expansion. In addition, the directors have 
also considered mitigating actions such as lower capital expenditure and other short-term cash management activities within the Company’s 
control. On this basis, the directors have a reasonable basis to conclude that the Company is forecast to continue to trade in line with 
existing financing facilities for the foreseeable future.

Accordingly the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

1.2  Classification of financial instruments issued by the Company
Financial instruments issued by the Company are treated as equity only to the extent that they meet the following two conditions: 

(a)   they include no contractual obligations upon the Company to deliver cash or other financial assets or to exchange financial assets or 

financial liabilities with another party under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Company; and 

(b)   where the instrument will or may be settled in the Company’s own equity instruments, it is either a non-derivative that includes no 

obligation to deliver a variable number of the Company’s own equity instruments or is a derivative that will be settled by the Company’s 
exchanging a fixed amount of cash or other financial assets for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.

To the extent that this definition is not met, the financial instruments are classified as a financial liability. 

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

1.3  Non derivative financial instruments
Financial Assets
The Company’s financial assets include cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. All financial assets are recognised when 
the Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

i) Investments
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for any impairment in value.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated as fixed asset investments, at cost less amounts written off for impairment with any 
subsequent year adjustments stated directly into the profit and loss account. Investments are reviewed for impairment where events 
or circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In some instances investments are subject to contingent 
consideration, this is included in the cost of investment. The amount of contingent consideration due is assessed regularly by Management 
based on actual and forecast performance. Any changes to contingent consideration due are recognised within the profit and loss account. 
Cost of investment also includes share-based payment charges of equity settled share based payment schemes to be settled on behalf of 
subsidiary companies.

ii) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables (except unbilled amounts for client work) are initially recognised at their transaction value and carried at 
amortised cost under IFRS 9.

In line with IFRS 9, the Company recognises any expected credit loss against trade receivables in order to recognise the inherent risk that the 
Group may not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. The amount of the provision recorded 
is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts of the future cash flows of the asset and is 
recognised in the statement of profit and loss in other operating expenses.

iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held at call with banks. For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and 
cash equivalents includes bank overdrafts in addition to the definition above.

Financial liabilities 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity 
instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.

The Company’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables, borrowings, contingent consideration, members’ capital and amounts 
due to members. All financial liabilities are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method with the exception of contingent consideration that is measured at fair value through profit or loss.

1.4 Impairment 
Financial assets (including receivables)
A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective 
evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss scenario is likely to occur after the initial 
recognition of the asset, and that the loss event has a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated 
reliably.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortised cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount 
and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Interest on the impaired 
asset continues to be recognised through the unwinding of the discount. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss 
to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Under IFRS 9 the Group recognises expected credit losses (ECL’s) on receivables through application of the simplified method. The amount 
of the provision recorded is based on a broad range of information including past events, current conditions and forecasts of the future 
cash flows of the asset . Whilst the longevity and impact of the COVID 19 pandemic is unknown, Management have considered the potential 
defaults on receivables as a result and reflected these in the ECL’s calculated. 

124

125

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

1.5 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised directly in equity or other comprehensive income. Current tax is the expected 
tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of 
financial position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; 
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor 
taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on deductible temporary differences only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will 
be available against which they can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it 
is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

1.6  Ordinary dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

1.7  Own shares held by EBT trust (treasury reserve)
Transactions of the group-sponsored EBT trust are included in the Group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s purchases and sales 
of shares in the Company are recognised directly within equity.

1.8  New and revised IFRS in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to existing standards 
have been published by the IASB but are not yet effective and have not been applied early to the Group:

Revised IFRS

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments to IAS 16 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3

Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3

Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2

Definition of Accounting Estimates - Amendments to IAS 8

Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12

Effective date

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2022

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Group in future periods.

2. Expenses

Audit fees in relation to the audit of these accounts of £10,000 (2021: £10,000) have been borne by Gateley Plc. The company does not 
have any employees (2021: Nil)

126

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

3. Investment income

Intercompany dividends to the Company have been received from other Group entities as detailed below:

Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 29 October 2021

Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 29 April 2022

Dividend received from T-Three Consulting Limited – 29 April 2022

Dividend received from Gateley Hamer Limited – 29 April 2022

Dividend received from Gateley Vinden Limited – 29 April 2022

Dividend received from Gateley Plc – 28 April 2021

Dividend received from T-Three Consulting Limited – 28 April 2021 

Dividend received from Gateley Capitus Limited – 28 April 2021

Dividend received from Gateley Hamer Limited – 28 April 2021

4. Taxation

2022
£’000

3,570

5,053

800

628

949

-

-

-

-

11,000

2021
£’000

-

-

-

-

2,950

1,000

825

357

5,132

The Company’s profit for the year arises from the receipt of intercompany dividends and the issuance of new shares to Gateley EBT Limited, 
which are not chargeable to corporation tax. As a result, no provision for corporation tax is needed in these financial statements.

5. Investments

At 1 May 2020

Share based payment charge

Adjustment to Kiddy & Partners Limited acquisition cost

Adjustment to T-three Consulting Limited

Adjustment to Gateley Vinden Limited (formerly The Vinden Partnership Limited)

Balance at 30 April 2021

At 1 May 2021

Share based payment charge

Acquisition of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Acquisition of Adamson Jones IP Limited

Balance at 30 April 2022

£’000

32,720

956

(279)

(652)

282

33,027

33,027

1,213

17,502

2,500

54,242

127

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Investments in subsidiaries
The Company has effective control of the following:

Gateley Plc

Entrust Pension Limited

Gateley Capitus Limited

Gateley Hamer Limited

Kiddy & Partners Limited 

International Investments Services Limited

Persona Associates Limited

T-Three Consulting Limited*

T-Three Group Limited

T-Three Holdings Limited*

Gateley Vinden Limited

GEG Services Limited

Matsa Holdings Limited

Thomas Alexander Holdings Limited*

TVP Holdings Limited*

SP 2018 Limited

Smithers Purslow Group Limited*

Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited*

Registered office

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Ship Canal House 98, King Street, 
Manchester, M2 4WU

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

Ordinary share 
proportion held

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Corporate advisory, dispute 
resolution and consultancy to 
the built environment in the 
property and construction 
markets

UK Investment services 
provider

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Intermediate holding company

Architecture, building 
surveyance and civil & 
structural engineering

Nature of business

Legal services

Pension trustee services

Tax incentive services

Specialist property 
consultancy

Human capital consultancy 

UK Investment consultancy 

Dormant

Byrom Clark Roberts Limited*

Ainsley Stokes Limited*

Adamson Jones Holdings Limited

Adamson Jones IP Limited*

Gateley EBT Limited

Gateley Investments Limited*

Human capital consultancy 

Ensco Trustee Company Limited*

Registered office

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ 

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ 

Imperial House, 4-10 Donegall 
Square East, Belfast, Northern 
Ireland, BT1 5HD

Ordinary share 
proportion held

100%

100%

Nature of business

Dormant

Architecture, building 
surveyance and civil & 
structural engineering

100%

Intermediate holding company

100%

Patent attorney

100%

Employee benefit trust

100%

Corporate investment 
company

100%

Corporate trustee company

100%

Non-trading

100%

Non-trading

100%

Non-trading

100%

Non-trading

100%

Non-trading

100%

n/a

n/a

Legal services via a branch in 
Dubai

Legal services in Northern 
Ireland

Legal Services in Ireland

Gateley Secretaries Limited*

Gateley Incorporations Limited*

Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
Limited*

Gateley Custodian and Nominee Services 
No.2 Limited*

Gateley Omega Limited (formerly Ensco 
1413 Limited)

Gateley UK LLP**

Gateley Tweed LLP***

Victoria Louise Garrad, Callum Laing Nuttall, 
Thomas Oliver Durrant and Richard Julian 
Healey trading as Gateley Tweed***

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ

128

129

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

Gateley Heritage LLP*

Gateley (Manchester) LLP*

Registered office

One Eleven, Edmund Street, 
Birmingham, West Midlands, 
B3 2HJ 

Ship Canal House 98, King Street, 
Manchester, M2 4WU

Ordinary share 
proportion held

Nature of business

100%

Non-trading

51%

Non-trading

* 

** 

*** 

 these investments are indirectly held at the year end.

 certain Directors of Gateley (Holdings) Plc and Gateley Plc as individuals are members of this entity, although effective control is held by Gateley (Holdings) Plc via a trust 
holding arrangement.

 These entities are related entities of Gateley Plc since the majority of its Members are also board members of Gateley Plc. In substance they are controlled by Gateley Plc and 
so their results are included in the consolidated results of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. In accordance with local governance regulations, direct ownership in Gateley Tweed LLP 
and Gateley Tweed (a partnership in Ireland) is not permitted however both entities will be recognised as subsidiary undertakings of Gateley Plc under section 1162(4) of 
the Companies Act 2006 and thus subsidiary undertakings of the Group by virtue of section 1162(5) of the Companies Act 2006.

6. Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed from Gateley Plc

Amounts owed from Gateley EBT Limited

Amounts owed from T-Three Consulting Limited

2022
£’000

5,010

903

-

5,913

2021
£’000

4,450

1,319

1,000

6,769

All receivables are anticipated to be due within one year and repayable on demand. 

The carrying amount of financial assets (excluding investments) recorded in these accounts, which is net of any impairment losses, 
represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk. Financial assets include amounts due from Gateley Plc. The Company does not 
hold collateral over these balances.

7. Other payables

Contingent consideration due in one year 

Other payables

2022
£’000

-

27

27

2021
£’000

135

17

152

Contingent consideration of £0.135m relating to estimated earn out payments are due to the vendor of IIS have been released in the year as 
a result of performance against earnout criteria.

Contingent consideration due in more than one year 

2022
£’000

5,360

2021
£’000

-

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

8. Other interest-bearing loans and borrowings

The contractual terms of the Company’s interest-bearing loans and borrowings, which are measured at amortised cost, are described below. 
For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risk, see note 27.

Non-Current liabilities

Bank borrowings

2022
Fair
value
£’000

5,715

2022
Carrying
amount
£’000

5,715

2021
Fair
value
£’000

-

2021
Carrying
amount
£’000

-

On 18 April 2022, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility which provides total committed funding of £30m until April 2025. 
Interest is payable at a margin of 1.95% above the SONIA reference rate. On 19 April 2022 £6m was drawdown against the facility in order 
to fund the initial cash consideration in the acquisition of SP 2018 Limited. 

As at 30 April 2022, the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities have contractual maturities (including interest payments where 
applicable) as summarised below:

30 April 2022

Bank borrowings

Total

Current

Within 6 
months
£’000

-

-

6 to 12 
months
£’000

-

-

Non-current
1 – 5
years
£’000

Later than 
5 years
£’000

6,000

6,000

-

-

This compares to the maturity of the Company’s non-derivative financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:

30 April 2021

Bank borrowings

Total

Current

Within 
6 months
£’000

6 to
12 months
£’000

-

-

-

-

Non-current
1 – 5 
years
£’000

Later than 
5 years
£’000

-

-

-

-

The above amounts reflect the contractual undiscounted cash flows, which may differ to the carrying values of the liabilities at the reporting 
date.

130

131

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

9. Capital and reserves

Authorised, issued and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Brought forward

Issued on acquisition of Tozer Gallagher LLP

Issued on acquisition of Adamson Jones IP Limited

Issued on acquisition of Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited

Issued as part of contingent consideration of Gateley 
Vinden Limited

Issued on vesting of RSA

Issued on vesting of CSOPS

Issued on vesting of SAYE 

2022
Number

2022
£

2021
Number

2021
£

117,914,205

11,791,420

117,609,094

11,760,909

142,179

543,668

3,312,322

-

1,477,560

858,126

308,819

14,218

54,367

331,232

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

197,368

19,737

147,756

85,813

30,882

-

-

-

-

107,743

10,774

124,556,879

12,455,688

117,914,205

11,791,420

The Company has one class of Ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income.

On 22 July 2021 the Group acquired the trade and assets of Tozer Gallagher LLP in part for the issue of 142,179 10p ordinary shares.

On 9 January 2022 the Company acquired Adamson Jones IP Limited and dormant group companies in part for the issue of 543,668 
10p ordinary shares.

On 19 April 2022 the Company acquired Gateley Smithers Purslow Limited (Formerly Smithers Purslow Limited) and other group 
companies in part for the issue of 3,312,322 10p ordinary shares.

Between 1 May 2021 and 19 April 2022 308,819 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2018 SAYE schemes to participants. 

Between 3 August 2021 and 1 November 2021 858,126 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2018 CSOP schemes to 
participants. 

On 27 April 2022 1,477,560 10p ordinary shares were issued upon vesting of the 2022 RSA scheme to participants.

10. Financial instruments and related disclosures

Financial risk management
The board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management framework. A formal process for reviewing and 
managing risk in the business has been developed. A register of strategic and operational risk is maintained and reviewed by the board, who 
also monitor the status of agreed actions to mitigate key risks.

Management’s objective in managing financial risks is to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Company and Group.

As the Company’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and inter-group receivables. The main risks are those noted below:

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a subsidiary to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligation. The 
Company has a policy of monitoring subsidiaries who perform credit checks which together with the spread of reputable clients ensures 
there are no unacceptable concentrations of credit risk.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company ensures that the 
Group has sufficient cash or loan facilities to meet all its commitments when they fall due by ensuring that there is sufficient cash or working 
capital facilities to meet the cash requirements of the Company.

Gateley Plc is financed through a combination of unsecured bank loans together with cash generated from operations. The board reviews 
the projected financing requirements annually when agreeing the Group’s budget and, based on this review, sets the value of the future 
capital requirements of the business. The cash flow forecast for the entire Group is updated regularly and compared to the budget with any 
significant variance being reported to the board.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Company’s income. 
The Company’s exposure to market risk predominantly relates to interest and currency risk. Management does not consider this to be a 
significant risk to the Company.

Interest rate risk
The Company’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges linked to SONIA plus a margin. Management do not consider this to be 
a significant risk to the Company or Group.

Foreign currency risk
The Group has one overseas operation based in Dubai which, therefore, exposes the Group to changes in Sterling/ Dirhams exchange rates. 
Management does not consider this to be a significant risk to the Company or Group.

Fair value disclosures
The fair value of each class of financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount, based on the following assumptions:

Inter Group receivables

The fair value approximates to the carrying value because of the short maturity of these 
instruments.

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value should be measured with reference to the following levels:

• 

• 

Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as 
prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

• 

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

There are no financial instruments carried at fair value within this financial information.

132

133

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsParent company notes to the financial statements 
continued

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are as follows (there is no difference between the carrying value of the financial assets and 
liabilities and their fair value):

Cash and cash equivalents

Group receivables

Total financial assets

Contingent consideration - FVTPL

Other payables

Group payables 

Current financial liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Contingent consideration at FVTPL

Total non-current liabilities

Total financial liabilities

2022
£’000

439

5,913

6,352

-

(27)

-

(27)

(5,715)

(5,360)

(11,075)

(11,102)

2021
£’000

107

6,769

6,876

(135)

-

(17)

(152)

-

-

-

(152)

The company itself does not have any exposure to foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure is detailed in note 27.

Measurement of fair value of financial instruments 
The Group performs valuations of financial items for financial reporting purposes, including Level 3 fair values, in consultation with third 
party valuation specialists for complex valuations. Valuation techniques are selected based on the characteristics of each instrument, with 
the overall objective of maximising the use of market-based information. 

Fair value measurement of contingent consideration
All contingent consideration relating to business combinations is Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as there are no observable inputs. The 
fair value of contingent consideration is estimated using the present value technique, based on estimated future cash outflows discounted 
at 4.75% being the applicable weighted average cost of debt. Where the contingent consideration is due less in less than 12 months, no 
discount factor is applied. The estimated cash outflows before discounting reflect Management’s estimate of the earnout due based on 
the forecasted results, using EBITDA growth rates ranging from 2-10%, capped at the maximum earn-out amount as stated in the purchase 
agreement. The earn-out targets are based on the annual results of the acquired business. An increase in the forecasted EBITDA of 1% 
would result in an increase of £46,000 in contingent consideration, a decrease in the forecasted EBITDA of 1% would result in a decrease of 
£46,000 in contingent consideration due. 

The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of financial instruments classified within Level 3 is as follows:

Balance at 1 May 

Arising on business combination

Amount of earn-out paid

Amount recognised in profit or loss 

Balance at 30 April 

Contingent 
consideration
2021
£’000

1,149

-

(368)

(646)

135

2022
£’000

135

5,352

-

(127)

5,360

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Financial instruments sensitivity analysis
In managing interest rate and currency risks, the Group aims to reduce the impact of short term fluctuations on its earnings. At the end of 
each reporting period, the effect of hypothetical changes in interest and currency rates are as follows:

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the Company’s sensitivity to interest rates on floating rate borrowings (i.e. cash and cash equivalents and bank 
borrowings which attract interest at floating rates) if interest rates were to change by +/- 1%. The impact on the results in the statement of 
profit and loss and other comprehensive income and equity would be:

+1 % movement in interest rates

-1 % movement in interest rates

2022
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000

1

(1)

2021
Increase/
(decrease)
in profit 
and loss
£’000

-

-

The borrowing facilities arranged include overdraft facility and short term borrowing facilities. All borrowings are repayable within one year.

11. Share based payments

Details of the Group’s share based payment schemes in operation are shown in note 8 of the Group financial statements. All shares are 
issued by Gateley (Holdings) Plc. 

12. Related parties

None of the executive directors received any remuneration from the company during the year, other than dividend income. They are 
however remunerated by Gateley Plc, further details can be found in note 30.

13. Accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of these financial statements under IFRS requires Management to make estimates and assumptions which affect these 
financial statements. The key estimates and assumptions relate to the impairment assessment of investments. 

Impairment of investments (note 5)
The total carrying amount of investments is held net of impairment losses. In determining whether investments are impaired requires an 
estimation of the future value arising from a subsidiary or the trade and assets acquired with it. The value in use calculation requires an 
estimate of the future cash flows expected to arise from a subsidiary or cash generating unit and the use of a suitable discount rate in order 
to calculate present value. Any change in estimates could result in an adjustment to recorded amounts. Management do not believe any 
impairment is necessary against the carrying value of its investments.

14. Contingent liability

A cross guarantee between the company and Gateley Plc exists in respect of all loans and overdrafts. The value of the contingent liability at 
30 April 2022 is £5,715,000 (2021: £nil).

134

135

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotice of annual general meeting

NOTICE IS GIVEN that the Annual General Meeting of the above named Company will be held at One Eleven Edmund Street, Birmingham 
B3 2HJ on 20  October 2022 at 12:30 p.m. Shareholders will be asked to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions of 
which resolutions 1 to 9 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and resolutions 10 to 13 (inclusive) will be proposed as special 
resolutions.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
1. 

 To receive the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 30 April 2022 together with the Directors’ Report and the 
auditors’ report on those accounts.

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 30 April 2022, which is set out in the Company’s annual 
report for the financial year ended 30 April 2022.

 To declare a final dividend for the year ended 30 April 2022 of 5.5p per share. If approved, this final dividend will be paid in October to 
shareholders on the register at the close of business on 23 September 2022. The shares will go ex-dividend on 
22 September 2022.

 To reappoint Joanne Carolyn Lake (who retires in accordance with article 23.4.2 of the Company’s articles of association and, being 
eligible, offers herself for re-election) as a Director of the Company.

 To reappoint Neil Andrew Smith (who retires in accordance with article 23.4.2 of the Company’s articles of association and, being 
eligible, offers himself for re-election) as a Director of the Company.

 To appoint Victoria Louise Garrad (in accordance with article 23.1 of the Company’s articles of association) as a director of the 
Company.

 To appoint MacIntyre Hudson LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting 
of the Company.

To authorise the Directors to fix the remuneration of the auditors of the Company.

 THAT, in substitution for all existing and unexercised authorities and powers, the Directors of the Company be generally and 
unconditionally authorised for the purpose of section 551 Companies Act 2006 (the Act) to exercise all or any of the powers of the 
Company to allot shares of the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares of the Company 
(such shares and rights being together referred to as Relevant Securities) up to an aggregate nominal value of £4,152,917 to such 
persons at such times and generally on such terms and conditions as the Directors may determine (subject always to the articles of 
association of the Company), such authority, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to 
expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 20 January 
2024) save that the Directors of the Company may, before the expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would 
or might require relevant securities or equity securities (as the case may be) to be allotted after the expiry of such period and 
the Directors of the Company may allot relevant securities or equity securities (as the case may be) in pursuance of such offer or 
agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired.

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS
10. 

 THAT, if resolution 9 above is passed, and in substitution for all existing and unexercised authorities and powers, the Directors of the 
Company be and are hereby generally and unconditionally empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot equity securities (as 
defined in section 560 of the Act) (Equity Securities) for cash under the authority given by that resolution 9 and/or to sell ordinary 
shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such 
authority to be limited to:

10.1   the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares in connection with a rights issue or similar offer in favour of ordinary 
shareholders where the Equity Securities respectively attributable to the interests of all ordinary shareholders are proportionate 
(as nearly as may be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them on that date provided that the Directors of 
the Company may make such exclusions or other arrangements to deal with any legal or practical problems under the laws of 
any territory or the requirement of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or with fractional entitlements as they consider 
necessary or expedient; and

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

10.2   the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph 10.1 above) up to an aggregate 

nominal amount of £622,937 representing approximately 5% of the current share capital of the Company, such authority, unless 
previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 20 January 2024) save that the Directors of the Company 
may, before the expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would or might require Equity Securities to be allotted 
(and treasury shares to be sold) after the expiry of such period and the Directors of the Company may allot Equity Securities 
(and sell treasury shares) in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not 
expired.

11. 

 THAT, if resolution 9 above is passed, and in addition to any authority granted under resolution 10 above, the Directors of the 
Company be and are hereby generally and unconditionally empowered pursuant to section 570 of the Act to allot Equity Securities for 
cash under the authority given by that resolution 9 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if 
section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment of Equity Securities, such authority to be:

11.1   limited to the allotment of Equity Securities or sale of treasury shares pursuant to the authority granted under resolution 9 up to 
an aggregate nominal amount of £622,937 representing approximately 5% of the current share capital of the Company; and

11.2   used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six months after the original 

transaction) a transaction which the Directors of the Company determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of 
a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-
Emption Group prior to the date of this notice of Annual General Meeting of the Company, such authority, unless previously 
renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of the next Annual General Meeting of the 
Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 20 January 2024) save that the Directors of the Company may, before the 
expiry of such period, make an offer or agreement which would or might require Equity Securities to be allotted (and treasury 
shares to be sold) after the expiry of such period and the Directors of the Company may allot Equity Securities (and sell treasury 
shares) in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred by this resolution had not expired.

12. 

 THAT, for the purposes of section 701 of the Act, the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market 
purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of £0.10 each in the capital of the Company 
(Ordinary Shares) provided that:

12.1   the maximum number of Ordinary Shares which may be purchased is 12,458,753 (representing 10% of the Company’s issued 

share capital);

12.2  the minimum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is £0.10;

12.3   the maximum price which may be paid for each Ordinary Share is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market 

quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the Daily Official List of The London Stock Exchange plc for the five business 
days immediately preceding the day on which the Ordinary Share in question is purchased;

12.4   unless previously renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in general meeting, to expire at the end of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 20 January 2024); and

12.5   the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority conferred by this resolution 

prior to the expiry of such authority which contract or contracts will or maybe executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such 
authority, and may make a purchase of Ordinary Shares in pursuance of any such contract or contracts.

13. 

 That, conditional on: (a) the audited annual accounts and reports for the year ended 30 April 2022 being laid before shareholders; 
(b) delivery of the completed accounts for the year ended 30 April 2022 to the Registrar of Companies; and (c) the audited annual 
accounts for the year ended 30 April 2022 showing sufficient distributable profits to enable the releases being entered into:

136

137

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of annual general meeting
continued

13.1   the appropriation of distributable profits of the Company (as shown in the annual accounts of the Company made up to 30 April 
2022 received in resolution 1 above) to the payment of the unlawful element of each of the dividends set out below (each a 
Relevant Dividend and together the Relevant Dividends), the unlawful elements of those Relevant Dividends together having 
a total aggregate sum not exceeding £3,283,881.93, be and are authorised, each by reference to the same record date as the 
original accounting entries for the Relevant Dividends:

Date of dividend payment

16 March 2018 interim dividend

15 March 2019 interim dividend

31 March 2022 interim dividend

Total aggregate value

Amount per ordinary 
share

Total aggregate amount of 
dividend paid

Total unlawful element of 
dividend paid

2.2p

2.6p

3p

–

£2,351,024.57

£2,853,261.84

£3,582,071.34

–

£1,458,919.83

£1,118,470.48

£706,491.62

£3,283,881.93

13.2   any and all claims which the Company has, or may have, arising out of or in connection with the approval, declaration and/or 

payment of the Relevant Dividends against its current or former shareholders who appeared on the register of members on the 
relevant record date for each respective Relevant Dividend (or the personal representatives and their successors in title (as 
appropriate) of a shareholder’s estate if that shareholder is deceased and/or the successors in title or assignees for corporate 
members) be waived and released, and a deed of release in favour of those shareholders (or the personal representatives and 
their successors in title (as appropriate) of a shareholder’s estate if that shareholder is deceased and/or successors in title or 
assignees for corporate members) be entered into by the Company and any Director in the presence of a witness, any two 
Directors or any Director and the Company Secretary be authorised to execute that deed of release as a deed for and on behalf 
of the Company; and

13.3   any and all claims which the Company has, or may have, arising out of or in connection with the approval, declaration and/or 
payment of the Relevant Dividends against all Directors (present and former) of the Company at the time of declaration and 
payment of each respective Relevant Dividend (or the personal representatives and their successors in title (as appropriate) of 
any Director’s estate if that Director is deceased), including any breach of fiduciary duties, be waived and released, and a deed of 
release in favour of those Directors who acted as Directors of the Company at the time of the declaration and payment of each 
Relevant Dividend (or the personal representatives and their successors in title (as appropriate) of any Director’s estate if that 
Director is deceased) be entered into by the Company and any Director in the presence of a witness, any two Directors or any 
Director and the Company Secretary be authorised to execute that deed of release as a deed for and on behalf of the Company.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD

Neil Andrew Smith 
Secretary

Date: 
26 September 2022

Registered office: 
One Eleven 
Edmund Street 
Birmingham 
B3 2HJ

138

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

NOTES:
Entitlement to Attend and Vote
1. 

 To be entitled vote at the Meeting (and for the purposes of the determination by the Company of the votes that may be cast in 
accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertified Securities Regulations 2001), only those members registered in the Company’s 
register of members at close of business on 18 October 2022 (or, if the Meeting is adjourned, close of business on the date which is 
two business days before the adjourned Meeting) shall be entitled to vote at the Meeting. Changes to the register of members of the 
Company after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to vote at the Meeting.

Voting on a poll
2. 

 In line with best practice, voting at the meeting will be on a poll, rather than a show of hands. Each shareholder present at the meeting 
will be entitled to one vote for every Ordinary Share registered in his or her name and each corporate representative or proxy will be 
entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share which he or she represents.

Website Giving Information Regarding the Meeting
3. 

 Information regarding the Meeting, including the information required by Section 311A of the Act, is available from www.gateleyplc.
com/investors.

Appointment of Proxies
4. 

 If you are a member of the Company at the time set out in note 1 above, you are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of 
your rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. You can appoint a proxy only using the procedures set out in these notes and the 
notes to the proxy form.

5. 

6. 

7. 

 A proxy does not need to be a member of the Company but must attend the Meeting to represent you. If you wish your proxy to 
speak on your behalf at the Meeting you will need to appoint your own choice of proxy (not the Chairman) and give your instructions 
directly to them.

 You may appoint more than one proxy provided each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. You may not 
appoint more than one proxy to exercise rights attached to any one share. To appoint more than one proxy, please indicate on your 
proxy submission how many shares it relates to.

 A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote 
(or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.

Appointment of Proxy Using Hard Copy Proxy Form
8. 

 A hard copy form of proxy has not been sent to you but you can request one directly from the registrars, Link Group’s general helpline 
team on Tel: 0371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United 
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public 
holidays in England and Wales. Or via email at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or via postal address at Link Group, 10th Floor, 
Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL. In the case of a member which is a company, the proxy form must be executed 
under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or an attorney for the company. Any power of attorney or 
any other authority under which the proxy form is signed (or a duly certified copy of such power or authority) must be included with 
the proxy form. For the purposes of determining the time for delivery of proxies, no account has been taken of any part of a day that is 
not a working day.

Appointment of a Proxy Online
9. 

 You may submit your proxy electronically using the Share Portal service at www.signalshares.com. Shareholders can use this service 
to vote or appoint a proxy online. The same voting deadline of 48 hours (excluding non-working days) before the time of the meeting 
applies. Shareholders will need to use the unique personal identification Investor Code (“IVC”) printed on your share certificate. If 
you need help with voting online, please contact our Registrar, Link Group’s portal team on 0371 664 0391. Calls are charged at the 
standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international 
rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales. Or via email at 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk.

139

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

Corporate Representatives
15. 

 A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, on its behalf, all its powers as 
a member provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises powers over the same share.

Issued Shares and Total Voting Rights
16. 

 As at 26 September 2022, the Company’s issued share capital comprised 124,618,605 Ordinary Shares of £0.10 each. Each Ordinary 
Share carries the right to one vote at a General Meeting of the Company and, therefore, the total number of voting rights in the 
Company on 26 September 2022 is 124,618,605. The website referred to in note 3 will include information on the number of shares 
and voting rights.

Questions at the Meeting
17. 

 Under Section 319A of the Act, the Company must answer any question you ask relating to the business being dealt with at the 
Meeting unless:

• 

• 
• 

 answering the question would interfere unduly with the preparation for the Meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential 
information;
the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or
it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the Meeting that the question be answered.

Website Publication of Audit Concerns
18. 

 Under Section 527 of the Act, shareholders meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to require the 
Company to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s financial statements 
(including the Auditor’s Report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the Meeting; or (ii) any circumstances 
connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual financial statements 
and reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the Act (in each case) that the shareholders propose to raise at the relevant 
meeting. The Company may not require the shareholders requesting any such website publication to pay its expenses in complying 
with Sections 527 or 528 of the Act . Where the Company is required to place a statement on a website under Section 527 of the Act, 
it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website. 
The business which may be dealt with at the Meeting for the relevant financial year includes any statement that the Company has been 
required under Section 527 of the Act to publish on a website.

Documents on Display
19. 

 Copies of the letters of appointment of the Directors of the Company and a copy of the Articles of Association of the Company will be 
available for inspection at the registered office of the Company from the date of this notice until the end of the Meeting.

Notice of annual general meeting
continued

Appointment of Proxies Through Crest
10. 

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies by utilising the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for 
the Meeting and any adjournment(s) of it by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from https://www.
euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have 
appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take 
the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST 
message (a CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s (EUI) 
specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID: RA10) by 12:30 p.m. on 18 October 2022. For this purpose, the time of 
receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from 
which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST.

 CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that EUI does not make available 
special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to 
the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a 
CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or 
voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST 
system by any particular time.

 In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in 
particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The Company 
may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5) (a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.

Proxy appointment via Proxymity
11. 

 If you are an institutional investor you may be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform. For further information 
regarding Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged 48 hours prior to the time appointed for the Meeting 
in order to be considered valid. Before you can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s associated 
terms and conditions. It is important that you read these carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic 
appointment of your proxy.

Appointment of Proxy by Joint Members
12. 

 In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted 
by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the 
Company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding, the first-named being the most senior.

Changing Proxy Instructions
13. 

 To change your proxy instructions simply submit a new proxy appointment using the methods set out above. Note that the cut-off 
times for receipt of proxy appointments (see above) also apply in relation to amended instructions; any amended proxy appointment 
received after the relevant cut-off time will be disregarded. Where you have appointed a proxy using the hard-copy proxy form and 
would like to change the instructions using another hard-copy proxy form, please contact Link Group as per the communication 
methods shown in note 8. If you submit more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time 
for the receipt of proxies will take precedence.

Termination of Proxy Appointments
14. 

 In order to revoke a proxy instruction you will need to inform the Company by sending a signed hard copy notice clearly stating 
your intention to revoke your proxy appointment to Link Group, at the address shown in note 8. In the case of a member which is 
a company, the revocation notice must be executed under its common seal or signed on its behalf by an officer of the company or 
an attorney for the company. Any power of attorney or any other authority under which the revocation notice is signed, or a duly 
certified copy of such power or authority, must be included with the revocation notice. The revocation notice must be received by 
Link Group no later than 48 hours before the Meeting. If you attempt to revoke your proxy appointment but the revocation is received 
after the time specified then, subject to the paragraph directly below, your proxy appointment will remain valid. Appointment of a 
proxy does not preclude you from attending the Meeting and voting in person. If you have appointed a proxy and attend the Meeting in 
person, your proxy appointment will automatically be terminated.

140

141

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

The consequence of those dividends being paid otherwise than in accordance with the Act is that the Company may have a claim against all 
shareholders who received those dividends as well as a claim against all Directors (former or present) who approved the declaration and 
payment of those dividends. It is therefore proposed that the Company enter into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release and the Directors’ 
Deed of Release (as those terms are defined in the Annex to this Notice). Copies of the deeds are available to be viewed on the Company’s 
website at https://gateleyplc.com/investors/investor-relations. The consequence of the entry into those deeds by the Company is that the 
Company will be unable to make any claims against: (a) the Recipient Shareholders; and (b) the Relevant Directors, in each case in respect 
of the payment of the Relevant Dividends otherwise than in accordance with the Act. However, it should be made clear that the Company’s 
clear intention is that no party should be put in a worse position as a result of these procedural breaches. The breaches were technical 
in nature and in substance the Company could afford to pay the unlawful dividends. The Directors consider it appropriate that no claims 
should be made and are trying to provide legal effect to the commercial transaction intended at the time the unlawful dividends were paid.

As such, the purpose of resolution 13 is to:

(i) 

 authorise the Company to appropriate distributable profits equal to the amount of the dividends paid otherwise than in accordance 
with the Act; and

(ii) 

 authorise the Company to enter into deeds of release having the effect of releasing all relevant shareholders and directors from any 
liability that may exist in respect of those dividends, including any breach of fiduciary duties.

Further details of the background to and impact of resolution 13 are set out in the Annex to this Notice.

Notice of annual general meeting
continued

EXPLANATORY NOTES ON CERTAIN BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Resolution 9 – Directors’ power to allot relevant securities
Under section 551 of the Act, relevant securities may only be issued with the consent of the shareholders, unless the shareholders pass a 
resolution generally authorising the Directors to issue shares without further reference to the shareholders. This resolution authorises the 
general issue of shares up to an aggregate nominal value of £4,152,917, which is equal to 33% of the nominal value of the current ordinary 
share capital of the Company. Unless previously revoked or varied, the authority will expire on the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier).

Resolutions 10 and 11 – Disapplication of pre-emption rights on equity issues for cash
Section 561 of the Act requires that a company issuing shares for cash must first offer them to existing shareholders following a statutory 
procedure which, in the case of a rights issue, may prove to be both costly and cumbersome. These resolutions exclude that statutory 
procedure as far as rights issues are concerned. These special resolutions are drawn up in accordance with the Pre-Emption Group’s 
Statement of Principles, and enable the Directors to allot shares up to:

(a)   an aggregate nominal value of £622,937, which is equal to 5% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share capital of the 

Company, which could be used for any purpose; and

(b)   an additional aggregate nominal value of £622,937, which is equal to 5% of the nominal value of the current ordinary share capital of 

the Company, which could only be used for an acquisition or specified capital investment,

subject in each case to resolution 9 being passed. The Directors believe that the limited powers provided by these resolutions will maintain 
a desirable degree of flexibility. Unless previously revoked or varied, the disapplications will expire on the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the relevant resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier).

Resolution 12 – Company’s authority to purchase Ordinary Shares
In certain circumstances it may be advantageous for the Company to purchase its own shares and this resolution seeks the authority 
from shareholders to do so. This is the first time that the Company has sought authority to make market purchases up to an 
aggregate of 12,461,860 Ordinary Shares, representing approximately 10 per cent of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 
26 September 2022, being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice.

Granting authority for the Company to purchase Ordinary Shares in the market is intended to allow your Board to take advantage of 
opportunities that may arise to increase shareholder value. The Directors will exercise this power only when, in the light of market 
conditions prevailing at the time, they believe that the effect of such purchases will be to increase earnings per share and will be likely to 
promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. Other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels 
and the overall position of the Company will be taken into account when exercising this authority. The price paid for shares will not be less 
than the nominal value of £0.10 per share nor more than 5% above the average of the middle market quotation of the Company’s Ordinary 
Shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the 
shares are purchased.

The Company may hold in treasury any of its own shares that it purchases pursuant to the Act and the authority conferred by this 
resolution. This gives the Company the ability to reissue treasury shares quickly and cost-effectively and provides the Company with greater 
flexibility in the management of its capital base. It also gives the Company the opportunity to satisfy employee share scheme awards with 
treasury shares. Once held in treasury, the Company is not entitled to exercise any rights, including the right to attend and vote at meetings 
in respect of shares. Further, no dividend or other distribution of the Company’s assets may be made to the Company in respect of the 
treasury shares.

The Directors have no present intention of purchasing Ordinary Shares in the market. The authority given under this resolution will lapse, 
unless renewed, at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on the date which is 15 months after the relevant 
resolution being passed (whichever is the earlier).

Resolution 13 – Dividend rectification
The Board has become aware of certain procedural issues in relation to the declaration and payment of three historical dividend payments, 
further details of which are set out in the text of the resolution.

In brief, the Act sets out certain requirements which must be satisfied in order for a company to declare and pay dividends (interim 
or otherwise). In respect of certain dividends previously paid by the Company it has become apparent that, in contravention of the 
requirements of the Act, the Company did not properly prepare and file interim accounts to justify the relevant dividends at Companies 
House before declaring those dividends.

142

143

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statementsNotice of annual general meeting
continued

ANNEX
Rectification of Relevant Dividends
1.  Background to and reasons for resolution 13

1.1 

 The Act requires that a public limited company must satisfy certain criteria in order to be able to declare and pay a dividend. Not 
only must a public limited company have distributable profits but the Act also provides that a public limited company may only 
pay a dividend:

1.1.1   if, at the time of the dividend, the amount of its net assets are not less than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and 

undistributable reserves; and

1.2 

1.3 

1.4 

1.1.2   if, and to the extent that, the dividend does not reduce the amount of those net assets to less than the aggregate amount 

of its called-up share capital and undistributable reserves.

 Before paying the Relevant Dividends (as defined below), the Company should have ensured that it had the requisite level of 
distributable profits and net assets. In order to make this determination, the Company was required to prepare and refer to 
“relevant accounts” (as defined by the Act).

 If the annual accounts of a company showed sufficient distributable profits to declare a dividend, then those accounts will 
constitute “relevant accounts” for the purposes of the Act. Where they do not, a company may prepare “interim accounts” (as 
defined in the Act) which show the requisite level of distributable profits and net assets provided that those interim accounts are 
filed at Companies House before the declaration and payment of an interim dividend.

 Upon further review in conjunction with the audit of the Company for the financial year ending 30 April 2022, it has come to 
the Board’s attention that, in relation to the Relevant Dividends, the technical requirements of the Act as regards the preparing 
and filing of relevant accounts had not been satisfied (albeit the Company would have been in a position to comply with those 
requirements), which resulted in the Relevant Dividends being paid otherwise than in accordance with the requirements of the 
Act.

1.5 

 The total amount of the unlawful element of the Relevant Dividends declared and paid is £3,283,881.93. The Relevant Dividends 
were paid in accordance with the Company’s dividend policy and established practice.

2.  The consequences of the Relevant Dividends having been made otherwise than in accordance with the Act

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

 Given that the Relevant Dividends have been declared and paid otherwise than in accordance with the Act, the Company may 
have claims against past and present shareholders who were recipients of the Relevant Dividends (the Recipient Shareholders) 
and against persons who were directors of the Company at the time of the declaration and payment of the Relevant Dividends 
(being Nigel Terrence Payne, Joanne Carolyn Lake, Suzanne Frances Allison Thompson, Roderick Richard Waldie, Michael James 
Ward, Neil Andrew Smith, Victoria Louise Garrad and Peter Gareth Davies, together the Relevant Directors).

 If resolution 13 is not passed, the Company would, in theory, retain the ability to bring these potential claims against both the 
Recipient Shareholders and the Relevant Directors.

 The Company has no intention of bringing such claims, and the Board’s intention is to instead put all potentially affected parties 
in the position, so far as is possible, in which they were always intended to be had the Relevant Dividends been declared and paid 
in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

Business Overview

Strategic Report

Corporate Governance

Our Financials

3.  The Relevant Dividends

3.1 

 The issues discovered and referred to at paragraphs 1 and 2 above affect the unlawful element of the following dividends (the 
Relevant Dividends) paid by the Company and result in each of the Relevant Dividends being made otherwise in accordance 
with the Act:

Date of dividend payment

16 March 2018 interim dividend

15 March 2019 interim dividend

31 March 2022 interim dividend

Total aggregate value

Amount per ordinary 
share

Total aggregate amount of 
dividend paid

Total unlawful element of 
dividend paid

2.2p

2.6p

3p

–

£2,351,024.57

£2,853,261.84

£3,582,071.34

–

£1,458,919.83

£1,118,470.48

£706,491.62

£3,283,881.93

3.2 

 The issues set out above only affect the Relevant Dividends and do not affect any other dividends declared or paid by the 
Company.

4. 

Proposed remedial action

4.1 

 In order to remedy the potential consequences of the Relevant Dividends having been declared and paid otherwise than in 
accordance with the Act and to put all potentially affected parties in the position, so far as possible, in which they were always 
intended to be had the Relevant Dividends been made in accordance with the Act, the Company is proposing resolution 13, the 
full text of which is set out in the Notice.

4.2 

If passed, the effect of resolution 13, will be to:

4.2.1   authorise the appropriation of, in aggregate, an amount not exceeding £3,283,881.93 of the distributable profits of the 

Company to the payment of the Relevant Dividends;

4.2.2   waive any and all claims which the Company has, or may have, in respect of the payment of the Relevant Dividends against 

its shareholders and former shareholders who appeared on the register of members on the relevant record date of each 
respective Relevant Dividend (or the personal representatives and their successors in title of the estate of any deceased 
shareholders or former shareholders), such waiver to be effected by way of the Company entering into a deed of release 
in favour of those Recipient Shareholders (the Shareholders’ Deed of Release); and

4.2.3   waive any and all claims which the Company may have against all Directors (present or former) of the Company at the 

time of the declaration and/or payment of each respective Relevant Dividend and the personal representatives (and their 
successors in title) of the estate of any deceased Directors, such waiver to be effected by way of the Company entering 
into a deed of release in favour of those Relevant Directors (the Directors’ Deed of Release).

 The Company has been advised that the approach the Company is proposing way of resolution 13 is consistent with the 
approach taken by other UK incorporated publicly quoted companies who have declared and paid dividends otherwise than in 
compliance with the Act.

 Resolution 13, the full text of which is set out in the Notice of AGM, is proposed as a special resolution and, if passed, will, in 
conjunction with the relevant deeds of release, put all potentially affected parties in the position, so far as possible, in which they 
were always intended to be had the Relevant Dividends been made in compliance with all of the procedural requirements of the 
Act.

4.3 

4.4 

5.  The authorisation of the appropriation of the Company’s distributable profits and the Shareholders’ Deed of Release

5.1 

 The Company proposes to seek authorisation to appropriate an aggregate sum of £3,285,000 of the distributable profits of 
the Company (being a sum equal to the aggregate of the unlawful elements of the Relevant Dividends paid to the Recipient 
Shareholders) to the payment of those dividends. As a matter of common law, it is necessary for the appropriation of 
distributable profits to be approved by shareholders. 

144

145

Gateley (Holdings) PlcAnnual report and financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gateley (Holdings) Plc
Annual report and financial statements

Notice of annual general meeting
continued

5.2 

5.3 

 The proposed authorisation of the appropriation of the Company’s distributable profits to the payment of the Relevant 
Dividends and by the Company entering into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release, will not have any effect on the Company’s 
financial position. This is because the aggregate amount of the unlawful element of the Relevant Dividends is equal to, and offset 
by, the release of each Recipient Shareholder from their liability to repay the amount already paid to them in respect of the 
unlawful element of their respective Relevant Dividends, and the Company will not be required to make any further payments to 
shareholders in respect of the Relevant Dividends.

 The Company has not recorded or disclosed the potential right to make claims against the Recipient Shareholders as an asset or 
contingent asset in its financial statements. Under the Company’s International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) accounting 
policies, it could only record such a right as an asset when an inflow of economic benefit in favour of the Company as a result of 
such claim or claims being brought was virtually certain, and the Board notes that the Company has no intention of bringing such 
a claim principally as it would not be appropriate to do so and also as the likelihood of any such claim being successful is very 
low. The value of any economic benefit which the Company may derive from bringing claims against the Recipient Shareholders 
is uncertain (and, in any case, incapable of estimation with any certainty) on the basis that it may be possible for the Recipient 
Shareholders to establish defences to any such claims and there can be no certainty as to the amounts which could be recovered 
by the Company (if any).

5.4 

 In addition, under IFRS, a contingent asset is required to be disclosed only when an inflow of economic benefit in favour of 
the Company is probable. The Board has concluded that any inflow of economic benefit as a result of such claims is less than 
probable. 

5.5 

 Accordingly, the Company’s entry into the Shareholders’ Deed of Release will not itself result in any decrease in the Company’s 
net assets or level of its distributable reserves.

6.  Directors’ Deed of Release

6.1 

6.2 

 The entry by the Company into the Directors’ Deed of Release will not have any impact on the Company’s financial position as 
the Company has not recorded or disclosed its right to potentially make claims against the Relevant Directors in respect of the 
Relevant Dividends as an asset or contingent asset of the Company.

 As set out in paragraph 5.3 above, under the Company’s IFRS accounting policies, it could only record such right as an asset or 
contingent asset when an inflow of economic benefit in favour of the Company as a result of such claim or claims being brought 
was virtually certain and the Board notes that the Company has no intention of bringing such a claim, primarily as it would not 
be appropriate to do so and also as the likelihood of such claim being successful is very low. The value of any economic benefit 
which the Company may derive from bringing claims against the Relevant Directors is uncertain (and, in any case, incapable of 
estimation with any certainty) on the basis that the Relevant Directors would be entitled to seek the court’s relief against such 
claims and there can be no certainty as to the amounts (if any) which could be recovered by the Company (if any).

6.3 

 The Company’s entry into the Directors’ Deed of Release does not involve the disposition of any recognised asset or contingent 
asset in favour of the Relevant Directors.

7.  Tax position of UK Shareholders

7.1 

 It is the Company’s expectation that the tax position of UK shareholders should not be impacted by any procedural irregularity 
in relation to the Relevant Dividends. Therefore, the Company does not expect the passing of resolution 13 to have an effect on 
the UK tax position of such persons.

7.2 

 If any UK tax resident shareholder has any doubts about their tax position, they should consult with an independent professional 
adviser.

8.  Tax position of non-UK Shareholders

8.1 

 It is also the Company’s expectation that the tax position of non-UK shareholders should not be impacted by any procedural 
irregularity in relation to the Relevant Dividends. Therefore, the Company does not expect the passing of resolution 13 to have 
an effect on the non-UK tax position of such persons.

8.2 

 If any non-UK tax resident shareholder has any doubts about their tax position, they should consult with an independent 
professional adviser.

146

6Our people and long-established culture are central to the Group’s success.” “ContentsBusiness Overview: We are Gateley Highlights for the year [l]At a glance  [l]The Gateley story [l]Our people are our success [l]Our Platform strategy [l]Responsible Gateley  [l]Five key reasons to invest [l]Strategic ReportChairman’s statement  [l]Chief Executive Officer’s review  [l]Chief Executive Officer’s Q&A  [l]Finance Director’s review  [l]Objectives, strategy and outlook [l]Risk management  [l]Section 172 statement  [l]Environmental actions statement [l]Social matters [l]Corporate GovernanceBoard of Directors  [l]Statement on remuneration: voluntary disclosure [l]Directors’ report [l]Our financialsIndependent auditor’s report to the members  of Gateley (Holdings) Plc. [l]Consolidated statement of profit and loss and other  comprehensive income [l]Consolidated statement of financial position  [l]Consolidated statement of changes in equity  [l]Consolidated cash flow statement  [l] Notes to the consolidated financial statements  [l]Parent company statement of financial position  [l]Parent company statement of changes in equity  [l]Parent company cash flow statement  [l]Parent Company notes to the financial statement  [l]Notice of Annual General Meeting  [l]Company information  [l]Company information   Registration number 09310078  Registered office One Eleven Edmund Street Birmingham West Midlands  B3 2HJ  Directors RR Waldie Chief Executive Officer  V L Garrad Executive Director NA Smith Finance Director and Company Secretary MJ Ward Executive Director NT Payne Non-Executive Chairman JC Lake Non-Executive Director SFA Thompson Non-Executive Director  Auditor MHA MacIntyre Hudson Rutland House 148 Edmund Street Birmingham B3 2FD  Nominated adviser and broker Liberum 5 Ropemaker Street London EC2Y 9LY  Principal bankers HSBC Bank Plc 6th Floor 120 Edmund Street Birmingham B3 2QZ Lloyds Bank Plc 125 Colmore Row Birmingham West Midlands B3 3SFBusiness OverviewStrategic ReportCorporate GovernanceOur Financials  Registrars Link Group 10th Floor Central Square 29 Wellington Street Leeds LS1 4DL Financial PR adviser Belvedere Communications 25 Finsbury Circus London EC2M 7EE  Website www.gateleyplc.comDesigned and Printed by Perivan147 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.gateleyplc.com